GSA Logo Skip Navigation    Section 508 Tools
Federal Supply Service
GSA Flag Banner Image
GSA Home
 

Comments Received on Draft Solicitation
August 5, 1997

 

General

Q1: On a general note, we have been informed that the Post Office automation procedures are causing some problems with delivery of government card information. According to our sources, the Post Office is not delivering in some cases if (1) the nine digit zip is not included and (2) they deliver to the line immediately above the city, state and zip line causing the following problem: 

(a) If the address is as follows the delivery is not made: 

123 main street

Suite 123, Federal Building 

(b) If the address is as follows the delivery is made: 

Suite 123, Federal Building

123 Main Street

You need to ensure that the offerors have their address requirements set to match the new Post Office requirements and that the offerors allow enough room for government addresses in their card set-up and other procedures requiring addresses. 

ANSWER: Postal service address requirements will be included in the final solicitation.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q2: We would like to request clarification on the "Standard Fee for the Recovery of Debt Collection Costs on Individually Billed Travel Card Accounts" as was discussed on pages 70-71 on the "Comments Received on the Draft Solicitation" document. Please clarify this fee topic and the section within the Draft Solicitation where this is addressed. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will include language that allows the contractor's standard fee for recovery of debt collection costs.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q3: The format of the Draft Solicitation is a definite improvement over the draft Statement of Work. The package is much easier to read and comprehend. The Table of Contents was a welcomed addition that simplified our review efforts. 

ANSWER: No response required.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q4: The task ordering process is a new process for the fleet, travel and purchase card programs. Can the GSA provide us information on how this process will encourage industry participation since card expiration dates will vary within the 2-year minimum task order timeframe, making it difficult for vendors to predict anticipated business volumes? 

ANSWER: The task order process enhances competition by allowing each vendor to demonstrate to potential clients what their products and services can accomplish for the client. Each vendor may propose agency-specific solutions instead of a one-size-fits-all type program. The 2-year minimum task order timeframe only applies to the agency's first order under the master contract (not to each task order issued to a master contractor). 

 

Q5: The Comments released on the draft statement of work referenced a Request for Information issued 1/17/97. Can the GSA provide a copy of this document or a World Wide Web address where this document can be retrieved? 

ANSWER: The Web address is: 

http://www.fss.gsa.gov/fm/future/index.cfm 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q6: We would like to see the comments published before, or at the same time as the release of the RFP. It makes it much easier to incorporate changes that may have to be made to our proposal as a result of responses GSA has made to specific comments. Additionally, a 60 day response time is preferable to 45 days. 

ANSWER: GSA will try to have the comments available prior to the release of the final solicitation. In order to keep on our time lines, a 45-day response time is required.

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q7: Define the term "Federal Government" as used in this Statement of Work. 

ANSWER: The Federal Government is the government of the United States of America. Please reference the Addendum to 52.212-4, subparagraph 23, Scope of Contract for the Fleet Card; subparagraph 24, Scope of Contract for the Travel Card; and subparagraph 25, Scope of Contract for the Purchase Card. These sections completely identify authorized users of each business line. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =

 

Q8: Our primary problem is that the 30 days to pay the bill start running when the contractor prints the bill rather than when we receive the statement. We end up with erroneous interest charges. We want the next vendor to build in a reasonable (5 days?) amount of time for the bill to reach us. 

ANSWER: The Prompt Payment Act defines when interest starts and is included in the final solicitation. See answer to Q325. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q9: Throughout Solicitation: Change the statement regarding " at no expense to the Government" throughout, i.e., implementation meetings at no expense to the Government. Costs should be factored in to the proposal price rather than separately billed costs. 

ANSWER: The language will remain unchanged. This is to ensure that contractors understand what the Government expects to be included in their proposals from what may be billed separately. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q10: Please provide, by agency, the total number of cardholders and the total number of accounts as well as the total dollars transacted on each product line (fleet, travel and purchasing) for FY'95, FY'96, and FY'97 (first two quarters). Further, please provide for this same time period the annual dollar activity for both ATM usage and traveler check usage. 

ANSWER: Program information was made available with the draft solicitation as separate exhibits (Exhibit 6, Fleet Card (no information was available); Exhibit 7a through 7f (delinquencies, total number of accounts, dollar volumes, ATM and travelers checks); and Exhibit 8(delinquencies, total number of accounts, dollar volume and transactions) and can be downloaded from the World Wide Web at  

http://www.fss.gsa.gov/fm/future/index.cfm 

Updated program information will be provided with the final solicitation.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q11: At this time, how many contractors do you anticipate being awarded for each product line and how will the final number of awards for each product line be determined? 

ANSWER: There is no predetermined number of contracts which will be awarded. The Evaluation of Commercial Items section of the solicitation explains how the Government will award contracts.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q12: There are a number of exhibits referred to which are not provided. When will they be made available? 

ANSWER: The remainder of the exhibits will be provided with the final solicitation.

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q13-Q15: These questions have been withdrawn at the respondent's request. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q16: The GSA's core requirements include some services that are not current commercial practice. How will the GSA evaluate vendor responses that propose providing what is the practice today and working jointly with the GSA to enhance the services. 

ANSWER: The solicitation is in accordance with commercial practice to the maximum extent practicable. The solicitation provides for alternative pricing proposals in addition to pricing in accordance with solicitation requirements. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q17: There are two areas that are of particular concern to us. First, rebates need to be tied to delinquency and credit loss performance. Second, with respect to the travel program, the need to control delinquency through risk assessments is very important. Please review these comments and suggestions very carefully. Without some changes in these areas, there is a very good chance we will elect not to bid on the travel business. 

ANSWER: Offerors have the ability to provide productivity refunds that can be tied to delinquency, improved payment performance, credit loss performance, etc. GSA understands industry's need to control delinquency under the travel card program and appreciates your input. To the maximum extent practicable, the solicitation includes risk mitigation measures. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Cover Letter

Q18: Given that the final solicitation will be released on or about July 31st, when do you envision the response date and all other key dates leading to the master contract award in December or January? Further, following contract award, how long do you anticipate the contract negotiation process to take with the multiple contractors? 

ANSWER: Responses to the final solicitation will be approximately 45 calendar days after solicitation issuance. Evaluations will take place in the September-November 97 time period. Contracts are anticipated to be awarded in the December/January 97/98 time period. Task order negotiations will depend upon the number of task orders issued and the number of master contractors. Please note that the task order process is not a full-blown procurement and will be a streamlined process.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q19: Exhibits 6, 7, and 8 Historical Data for Fleet Card, Travel Card, and Purchasing Card: Much more detail is provided on Travel Card then on Fleet Card or Purchasing Card. We suggest providing the same level of detail on the Fleet and Purchasing Card.  

ANSWER: Program data, where available, will be included in the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q20: Exhibit 7.A Details the aging of Centrally Billed Accounts by Dollar Volume by agency. Is it possible to receive this information where the balance due details the average receivable due for the 1996 time period? Is it correct that this table details the information, not for a yearly receivable average, but at a point in time. 

ANSWER: The delinquency data provided is detailed at a point in time over a period of the months March 96 through February 97. No other information is available. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q21: Exhibit 7.C Details the aging of Individually Billed Accounts by Dollar Volume by agency. This information was not received. Is it possible to receive this information, and in a form where the balance due details the "average receivable due" for the 1996 time period? 

ANSWER: Exhibit 7c is available on the Web site. See answer to Q20.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q22: Can the GSA confirm that within Exhibit 7F, the ATM volume as stated is also included within the total sales volume category? For example, the Legislative Branch shows sales volume of $13,191,798. Should we assume that the ATM volume of $1,239,584 is included in this number? 

ANSWER: Yes, the ATM volume is included in this number. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Executive Summary of Significant Changes

Q23: Hybrid cards provide a means for agencies to streamline their card operations while capturing valuable management information. The use of hybrid cards will expand as agencies identify new card applications and streamline their accounting processes. Therefore, we believe that hybrid cards should be treated as a core requirement of each business line. 

ANSWER: Comments received to the draft statement of work issued in December of 1996 indicated that it was not feasible to include hybrid cards as a core requirement for master contract purposes. If an agency requires a hybrid card solution, it may so state in its task order as a minimum requirement. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q24: We have no problem with GSA allowing contractors to charge a late fee and/or cancel an account if payment for the undisputed principal amount has not been received 120 calendar days from the closing date on the statement of account in which the charges appeared. However, we prefer that GSA take the lead in negotiating with the various employee unions rather that each agency performing this task. It will be very time consuming for each agency to negotiate with their union on the late fee issue and may restrict contractor selection. 

ANSWER: GSA does not have the authority to "negotiate" with unions on a Government-wide basis. GSA, in conjunction with DoD, has briefed unions on the Government's goals; however, it will be each agency's responsibility to negotiate with their unions if the agency requires earlier late fee assessments. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q25: Our previous correspondence to you stated that we favored a reactivation fee being charged on suspended individual accounts. Therefore, we regret that reactivation fees are not allowed in the draft solicitation, but are pleased that the Government may include these fees under the Travel Card business line during the contract period. However, we question how the fee process will be applied to multi card users. 

ANSWER: The travel card is either centrally billed or individually billed. Individually billed accounts would not have multiple cards or users for the account. If the statement is in reference to an integrated solution, contractors will offer methodologies regarding fee processes at the task order level based on agency requirements. Agencies may include reinstatement fees at the task order level. The final solicitation clarifies this. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q26: We have established policy that addresses non-payment of travel card billings and having contractors conduct credit card checks will be of no benefit to us. It is our opinion that employees should be issued travel cards that will permit them to perform their duties and the agency to take appropriate actions against those employees who demonstrate poor payment performance. 

ANSWER: Your task order would not include credit checks as a risk mitigation measure. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q27: The integrated solution card will provide the means for obtaining a wide range of functions and services through a single card. It will also simplify account setup and maintenance, card design and issuance, and billing and payment activities. 

ANSWER: No response required. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Debt Collection Improvement Act

Q28: Is it the intention of the Department of Treasury database to be available to Issuers or the Associations? If the Issuers pay the merchants 2 days after the transaction, and the government subsequently does not pay, will the government support subsequent chargebacks or reductions to the payments owed to the merchants? 

ANSWER: A mechanism has not been defined. The purpose of raising this issue was to seek industry solutions to the requirements of the Debt Collection Improvement Act without impacting commercial card processes. GSA will share the comments received with the Department of Treasury. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = 

Q29: Current technology with the speed and innovation needed to accomplish these goals does not exist. The infrastructure needs to be created through the merchant technology of a Smart Card. We anticipate a method of matching debtors by name or Tax ID against a merchant base and/or Department of Treasury data. 

ANSWER: Although the Government agrees that the advent of smart card technology makes a number of functions and applications possible, the merchant infrastructure to support smart cards does not exist today. GSA will share the comments received with the Department of Treasury. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q30: Debt Collection Improvement Act: Can the Government provide more information as to how the debt offset process will operate; specifically: When will debts be considered eligible for offset? Upon judgment? How much due process will be required before the offset can take place? Does the Government desire to have credit card issuers withhold payments from their merchant establishments if such establishments have unsatisfied debts to the Government? How will the process address privacy concerns: e.g., what are the implications of the Government disclosing to a credit card issuer that one of its merchants has a delinquent tax debt? Would Treasury be violating the Privacy Act by telling an agency that a person owes another agency a debt? Merchants are often paid automatically by credit card companies, sometimes in a matter of days. How does the Government intend to notify credit card issuers of offsets in time to prevent such payments occurring? 

ANSWER: Specific information on the Debt Collection Improvement Act may be accessed through the Department of Treasury's Web site at www.fms.treas.gov. The information at the Web site provides information on when debts are considered eligible for offset, due process requirements, etc. The Government is looking for ways the requirements of the Debt Collection Improvement Act can be performed when cards are used as the payment mechanism without disrupting commercial card processes. Specific mechanisms have not been developed. GSA will share your questions with the Department of Treasury. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q31: The "Issues" section of the RFP package requested comment on the applicability of the Debt Collection Improvement Act ("DCIA"). We recommend that this Act not be applied to the revenue stream generated by the contracts to be awarded under the RFP. This RFP will seek charge card services. For those services to be provided efficiently and at the lowest-possible cost, the revenue stream must be as reliable as possible. To use this revenue stream to set off debts unrelated to contract performance by the Contractor would be a serious disruption that is likely to make the contract unable to be financed under standard commercial practices. Although the "Issues" section states that the DCIA "requires" administrative offsets, we do not believe that the Act needs to be applied to the Master Contract. The Act provides that the head of a payment certifying agency may request the payments be exempted from its offset requirements. A factor in determining whether payments should be exempt is whether the administrative offset "would tend to interfere with or defeat the purposes of the payment certifying agency's program." 31 U.S.C.A. ยง3716(c)(3)(B). Because applying the DCIA to the revenue stream under the master contracts would be inconsistent with commercial practices and is likely to increase the cost to the Government of the charge services provided under the RFP, we recommend that the head of GSA and, if necessary, the ordering agencies request exemption.  

ANSWER: The DCIA applies to all Federal payments. Analysis would be required to determine whether administrative offset would "tend to interfere with or defeat the purposes of the payment certifying agency's program" prior to an exemption request. An analysis of the monies that may be gained through offset versus the cost to implement the offset should be analyzed as well. GSA will share the comments received on this subject with the Department of Treasury. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = 

Q32: The Executive Summary is not clear as to the extent of potential application of the DCIA. Legally, it applies, at most, to amounts owed by the Contractor to the Government. If the GSA purports to apply DCIA to amounts paid by the master contract holder to vendors, the master contract will impose commercially unacceptable risk on any bidder. For example, if an issuer processed $20,000,000 of product purchases by the Government and received approximately $50,000 in gross revenues for those services, that issuer could never accept the risk of loss of $1,000,000 or $2,000,0000 of cash flow due to a DCIA offset with respect to purchases of product from a vendor who happens to owe money to the Government. In addition, ordinary commercial charge card company agreements with merchants do not permit the charge card company to deduct money due the merchant on account of amounts due by merchant to a product purchaser arising out of unrelated transactions. In other words, if the Government sets off against the card company for merchant debts, the card company cannot recover from the merchant. If the program is not exempted from DCIA generally, the final RFP should clearly exclude any application of DCIA to payments from bidders to sellers of products. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q28. GSA appreciates the input and will share the information received with the Department of Treasury. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q33: All transactions conducted on cards issued to the federal government will flow through the established settlement procedures for credit cards. After financial settlement, the contractor (issuer) will provide the data processing resources to compare government purchase transactions to the Treasury's data base of debtors and advise the buying agency of a match. Card associations would need to amend chargeback procedures to provide for a limited chargeback right by the issuer against the merchant's acquirer for certain government transactions with such merchants through settlement systems. Card associations would need to create a process whereby the issuer would be able to chargeback funds in the amount of either the transaction amount or the debt amount - whichever is less - which could be satisfied from future payments by the acquirer to the merchant. The following qualifications should apply to the procedure: 

1. Merchants would have a means of disputing the charge back and association staff currently serving as charge back arbitrators would arbitrate charge backs of this nature per established association procedures. 

2. If the funds are uncollectable (i.e., the merchant is now out of business) there would be no charge back available against the acquirer. 

3. A reasonable period of time would be granted prior to such a charge back process to inform all acquirers and merchants of this new procedure. 

4. As it is anticipated that the rate of match of the debtors name and/or tax ID number against the merchant base will be low, we suggest matching the data base against a sample of merchant information to determine the level of possible matches. If the matches are below an agreed to percent that would economically support this procedure, the procedure will be aborted. 

ANSWER: GSA appreciates the input and will share the information received with the Department of Treasury.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q34: There are a number of issues with deducting debts owed to the Government from payments made to merchants. Some issues to consider: Association Regulations: Current association regulations would prohibit this practice. Merchant Contracts: Existing merchant contracts do not support this practice. It will be administratively difficult to execute new contracts or amend existing contracts. It is also questionable whether merchants will agree to these terms. Technology Issues: First, merchants submit all charges, government and non-government, at one time. Systems work will have to be done to split out government charges during the settlement process so that deductions are only made from those charges (i.e. we cannot deduct debt owed to the government from non-government transactions). This is not an easy effort. Second, the systems work to ensure we properly tie the organizations that owe money to the Government with their corresponding merchant accounts will also be very difficult. These are just a few of the issues that we have identified. Our recommendation is for the Government to open a dialog with the associations on this topic, since they are in the best position to discuss what can and cannot be done from an industry perspective.  

ANSWER: GSA appreciates the input and will share the information received with the Department of Treasury. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Risk Mitigation Measures

Q35: During the Pre-bid Conference on Monday, June 16th, the GSA, specifically related to the DoD, requested input from industry on commercial practice risk mitigation measures. In addition to the items stated in the Draft Solicitation, standard commercial practices include: Use of credit bureau data for account management; Unilateral suspension for unauthorized use or high risk profile individuals; Guaranteed accounts for non-Government employees (e.g., Foreign Nationals, Contractors/Consultants, etc.); Assigning total spending limits to cards; Reactivation/reinstatement fees. 

ANSWER: Credit checks may be allowed at the task order level as described in the solicitation. Suspensions on individually billed accounts are allowed, except where there are mission-related extenuating circumstances. Pre-funded cards may be allowed at the task order level. Authorization controls are available in the contract. Reinstatement fees on individually billed accounts may be allowed at the task order level. GSA appreciates your input. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Cover Page

Q36: Significant changes (3): What is an Indefinite Delivery/Indefinite Quantity task order and how does it differ from a Requirements Contract? 

ANSWER: A requirements contract provides for filling all actual requirements of designated Government activities for supplies or services during a specified contract period, with deliveries or performance to be scheduled by placing orders with the contractor. An indefinite-quantity contract provides for an indefinite quantity, within stated limits, of supplies or services to be performed during a fixed period, with deliveries or performance to be scheduled by placing orders with the contractor. Under an indefinite-quantity contract, agencies are not required to fulfill all their requirements under this type of contract. However, GSA has asked agencies to voluntarily commit to mandatory use of these contracts. Once committed as a mandatory user, agencies may not purchase a card program for fleet, travel and purchase, as appropriate, outside of this contract. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = 

Q37: Significant changes (6): What is the change in the length of the contract period? 

ANSWER: The current contracts were awarded for a period of one year with four 1-year options to renew. The new contracts will be awarded for a period of 5 years (e.g., November 30, 1998 - November 29, 2003), with five 1-year options to renew. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q38: Based on the statement that the GSA travel card will be the only form of card payment required to be accepted under GSA's City Pair Program, how does this affect the contractor and/or management of the program? 

ANSWER: Requirements are stated in CB.5, Card Design and Embossing and CB.6, Account Number for the Travel Card Program. The Contractor would need to ensure that the proper cards are issued and the proper account numbering structure is used based on the information provided in the agency's task order. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q39: Are other forms of non-card payments acceptable (e.g. cash) for the City Pair Program? 

ANSWER: Government Travel Requests (GTRs) are a form of non-card payments. Generally, cash is not accepted. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q40: CP.6, Electronic Data Interchange Ordering: Please clarify this section. Does this indicate that the offeror should be capable of receiving task orders through a defined EDI transaction set? 

ANSWER: Ordering procedures are identified in the Addendum to 52.212-4. Paragraph 38. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = 

Q41: CP.7 PAST PERFORMANCE EVALUATION: Can state and local Government experience be included in the evaluation? 

ANSWER: Yes.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Contract Line Item Numbers

Q42: What's the difference between tables 1A & 1B + C+ D+ E? 

ANSWER: These tables are for option year pricing. There are five options that may be exercised under this contract. Offerors are asked to provide out-year pricing.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q43: The proposed pricing tables to be completed by the bidder does not allow for pricing based on different volume thresholds and payment frequencies. 

ANSWER: Different volume thresholds and payment frequencies should be separately addressed in an offeror's proposal. Offerors are encouraged to offer alternative pricing proposals. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q44: With regard to line items, this does not allow for multiple pricing tables. We recommend that pricing should be on multiple lines with volume thresholds and chip card costs in addition to transaction charges. As utilization of the chip card is expanded, we believe pricing should be the differential between simplistic and customized chips. 

ANSWER: Offerors must use the pricing tables provided for the core pricing proposal (note that they will be revised in the final solicitation). Offerors are encouraged to offer alternative pricing proposals and offer quantity discounts separate from the price tables shown. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q45: For the value-added products and services, please consider allowing offerors to add subcategories or a schedule for pricing for each category. Pricing will be dependent on the feature and functionality desired by the agencies and potential volume. Chip card pricing specifically should include not only card cost, but other variables which could affect cost such as the application. This type of pricing structure would reflect existing commercial pricing structures. As referenced in section 3-7 below, please explain how pricing will be factored in the evaluation process. 

ANSWER: GSA will revise the final solicitation to allow for other pricing in each category. Evaluation of pricing will be provided in the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q46: Is this firm pricing or is the pricing for evaluation purposes only? If it is for evaluation, when are firm prices submitted and how? 

ANSWER: This is firm ceiling pricing. Offerors are encouraged to aggressively price items at the outset because (1) they will be evaluated at the master contract level and (2) agencies may order the products and services at the price stated. At the task order level, agencies may negotiate lower prices. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q47: Tables 3 (A-E): The use of the Benchmark Task for evaluation is an excellent idea; however, the practicality of using it for the option years seems questionable. It is unlikely that an agency would remain static over the entire ten (10) year period. Hopefully, an agency would improve the efficiency of their payment processes, thereby reducing their cost. Depending upon the current state of the agency's systems, and the amount of progress and technology the agency can implement, it is possible that an agency may pay less in option year 5 than they do in the base period. Logically, the benchmark task should take this into consideration and provide for agency changes over the life of the contract. However, this would take considerable time and effort on the part of the contracting staff. It would be more practical to benchmark several different options - with several different levels of technology and payment processes to see the relative value of the different scenarios. Agencies wishing to use the benchmark tasks later in the life of the contract would be better advised to compare their processing situation at that time with the closest benchmark scenario and apply the inflation or price increase factor that is shown in the individual line items. 

ANSWER: GSA appreciates the input. If possible, GSA will provide alternative scenarios with the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q48: In pricing (i.e. Table 3A-3G), please clarify the use of benchmarking for a commercial product. 

ANSWER: The use of benchmark tasks is three-fold: (1) To see if the offeror and the Government have a common understanding of the requirements for a typical task; (2) To provide a benchmark for agencies for future orders; and (3) To see pricing trade-offs with the inclusion of different mixes of technology, use, payment and risk mitigation measures. The benchmarks, if available, will be realistic-agencies may place an order for the benchmark task. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q49: With regard to Contract Line Item c, the Stored value card, for all business lines, pricing should include both the chip card cost plus the per transaction charges. 

ANSWER: GSA will revise the final solicitation to allow for other pricing. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q50: With regard to Contract Line Item j, the hybrid card, the pricing tables should be changed to show anticipated prices for each year of the ten (10) year period, instead of the present format of a base year (5 years) number with option year pricing for years 6 through 10 only. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q49. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q51: We have strong concerns about the current pricing arrangement. In the commercial market, pricing is established using a matrix. The matrix cross references file turn with annual sales volume to determine the amount of rebate to be received. All rebates are net of credit losses. The way the rebates are structured now, an agency can have a very high delinquency rate, significant write-offs, and still be eligible for a rebate - even if the card issuer is losing money. At the point where delinquency makes a relationship unprofitable, it is unfair to expect a card issuer to continue to pay a rebate. This does not make financial sense. Additionally, as the RFP is structured now, agencies with good delinquency performance will supplement agencies with bad performance. Perhaps the following example will help to illustrate: Example: Assume a card issuer has determined that it can offer a 45bp rebate before credit losses and knows the government's credit loss average is 25bp. If credit losses are not deducted from rebates, the card issuer will offer a 20bp rebate (i.e. 45bp - 25bp) to the Government. Agency A has 15bp in credit losses and Agency B has 35bp. Both agencies will receive 20bp rebate, which means Agency A has really supplemented Agency B's rebate. On the other hand, if credit losses can be deducted from the rebate, then the card issuer will offer a 45bp rebate. Agency A will receive a 30bp rebate, and Agency B will receive a 10bp rebate - which is fair given their delinquency performance. The deduction of credit losses from rebates will also provide a strong incentive for agencies to manage delinquency. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q52: We request that all bidders should be required to explicitly document all hybrid card pricing assumptions. Examples of this would include: Is pricing dependent upon volume assumptions or other contingencies? Is the pricing for a "vanilla" chip or one that includes personalization and customization? Additionally, the hybrid card chip description/pricing table should be modified as follows: Bidders should be allowed to submit their own chip sizes, rather than use the fixed chip sizes presented in the document. The chip description table should include an area to describe special features or capabilities of the chips. 

ANSWER: The solicitation requires all assumptions to be provided. GSA will revise the value-added pricing tables to allow for additional pricing. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q53: We request that the government provide a more detailed explanation and examples illustrating how the price evaluation of the bids will be accomplished. 

ANSWER: The price evaluation section of the final solicitation will be clarified and examples will be provided. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q54: We request that the government revise their pricing tables for Electronic Purchasing. Currently, Electronic Purchasing is priced on a "per transaction" basis for a single product offering. Contractors (issuers) would like the flexibility to offer the government a "menu" of many Electronic Purchasing solutions in the form of a table where price is correlated with a system's functionality. We envision that this menu would have multiple vendors offering a range of Electronic Purchasing solutions to meet varying needs. 

ANSWER: GSA will revise the value-added pricing tables to allow for additional pricing. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q55: Offerors should indicate availability of card readers for magnetic stripe, chips and bar codes. 

ANSWER: GSA will revise the value-added pricing tables to allow for additional pricing. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q56: Table 2 - Fleet Card Services, 2A, 2B, 2C, 2D, 2E: We recommend that the following items be removed from these tables. These products and services are not applicable to the Fleet Card Program. (e) ATM Access; (f) Bank Check; (j) Electronic Purchasing; (k) Photo ID; (l) Convenience services; (n) Activation/Deactivation on Demand; (o) Emerging Technologies. 

ANSWER: These are value-added products and services. Offerors are not required to offer these products--agencies are not required to purchase them. The final solicitation will be revised to clarify this. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q57: Table 7F - The citation for the Productivity Refund Offer should read B.6.2. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised to reflect the proper cite.  

Q58: B.1 - Master Contract: Paragraph 1; last sentence; clarify............"Vendors must meet requirements of (all of? relevant?) the business line(s) in order to be considered for an integrated solution." Paragraph 2; Does GSA mean that one system should be used for an agency's product/service requests and payment." What sources of minority/women-owned subs do we have? 

ANSWER: Paragraph 1, last sentence should read "Vendors must meet the requirements of each of the business line(s) for which an integrated solution is proposed" Requirements must be met. Paragraph 2, third sentence, will be revised to read "This is to ensure that the products and services ordered are interoperable with agency systems." Vendors are encouraged to seek out small, small disadvantaged and women-owned business through a variety of avenues (small business offices, Internet, small business fairs, etc.). 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q59: B.1, Master Contract, Please describe how the subcontracting plan will be evaluated. 

ANSWER: The subcontracting plan will be evaluated in accordance with FAR 19.704. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q60: The draft states that "Contractor team arrangements are encouraged, e.g., to provide consulting services on re-engineering efforts....to provide smart card readers, peripheral equipment and systems integration..." Please clarify that the GSA understands that in addition to the alternate pricing schedules, the Government will be responsible for the expense associated with the required service, technology and equipment that enable the recommended solution. Service, technology and equipment costs should be included as line items in the CLIN structure. 

ANSWER: GSA understands this. GSA will revise the pricing tables in the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q61: B.2 Menu-Driven Options: Please define the content of "each menu-driven option." This definition will assist us in responding to your requirements. 

ANSWER: The Contract Line Item Numbers (CLINs) are the menu items. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q62: B.4 Guaranteed Minimum: Contracts terminated less than 5 years - what about guaranteed minimum if we terminate due to their poor performance/fraud? 

ANSWER: The contractor cannot terminate a task order with an agency. If the GSA terminates the master contractor for default, no guaranteed minimum will be provided.

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q63: We recommend that the fourth line of paragraph B.4.1 should read as follows: "provided that the Contractor demonstrates good performance as described in B.4." 

ANSWER: This is already covered under B.4.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q64: Having a guaranteed minimum on the master contract should entice contractor participation. However, agencies who have agreed to become mandatory users should not be required to participate (share expense) in any guaranteed minimum payments that GSA may have to pay at the end of the initial 5 year contract period. 

ANSWER: A portion of GSA's industrial funding covers the guaranteed minimum. Agencies will not be responsible. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q65: B.4.4: Examples should be removed. The solicitation and resultant contracts should stick to requirements. If examples are necessary, they should be in a separate document - not legally binding. The only thing legally binding should be the actual formulas. If the text version is confusing, provide a mathematical formula. (Note: In Example 5, $2,500 plus $25,000 should equal $27,500 instead of $30,500.) 

ANSWER: The examples are helpful to illustrate the formula. GSA appreciates your input. The math will be corrected. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q66: B.5 Definitions: Net Charge Volume - for additional clarity, please define the term "adjustments". Also, does the term "credits" include temporary credits? 

ANSWER: Adjustments are transactions that originate from a source other than the merchant. Credits are any amount that lowers the Government's amount due. The final solicitation will be clarified.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q67: The proposed definition of "Net Charge Volume" implies that rebates will be based on discount business and cash business. We recommend that the definition be refined to include only the charge volume and exclude cash advances, travelers checks and any other fee generating products. The inclusion of the fee generating products in the rebate is not consistent with card provider practices. The proposed methodology will serve to lower overall rebates. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. Note that the definition of net charge volume will include cash advances, travelers checks, convenience checks and any other fee generating products but will exclude discount business. As agencies/organizations receive benefit of all the products and services ordered, GSA's industrial funding fee is based on all products/services ordered under the contracts. Offeror's proposed price will need to take this into consideration for each of the fee generating products offered. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q68: Net charge volume is defined as excluding credits and adjustments. This definition is not consistent with commercial practices within the industry. Credits and adjustments are a normal part of business operation. If a cardholder purchases an airline ticket, cancels it, and purchases another ticket, then the initial purchase cancellation will show up as an adjustment. The credit card company will realize no revenue from the purchase and subsequent cancellation, in fact the adjustment will only cause the credit card company expense. Therefore, a financial refund would not be paid on activity which excludes credits and adjustments since that would represent non-revenue producing activity. Therefore, the definition should be changed to include credits and adjustments. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q69: B.6 Financial Considerations to Agencies / Organizations: We believe that the requirement that bidders shall propose refunds based on all revenue producing transactions will have the effect of lowering the overall return to the Government. Two components of the definition of revenue producing transactions are highly problematic. First, card companies consider discount rates (the rates that are charged to merchants for processing charges) to be highly proprietary and confidential information, and will not accept the notion that the Government require a refund that is based in any way on this information. Second, by including ATM/Cash in the calculation, the Government has removed any incentive for agencies to try to control or limit the use of cash. If Government's goal is to move all payments to plastic, then the GSA should not provide an incentive to use cash. In addition this would drive the card companies to aggressively manage delinquencies, which could lessen the popularity of the program. It is strongly recommended that discount rates and ATM/cash be removed from the calculation of financial return to the Government. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q67. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q70: It is industry practice for Contractors to maintain the proprietary and confidential nature of their discount rates/interchange, and, therefore, should not be requested by the Government. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q67. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q71: The draft RFP appropriately permits the agency to choose the manner in which the sales refund will be applied. The availability and size of the sales refund offered by competing offerors may be an important factor in agency evaluation of task order awards. In light of uncertainties that may be created by recent judicial interpretation of the Miscellaneous Receipts Act (MRA), it is important to ensure that the awarding agency will be able to make use of the sales refund in compliance with that Act. Two steps should be considered toward this objective: GSA should undertake to provide to agencies specific guidance as to methods of applying the refund that will be consistent with the MRA; GSA should obtain a written determination from the Comptroller General prior to the issuance of the final RFP providing guidance as to the types of sales refund arrangements between the agency and contractor that will comply with the MRA. 

ANSWER: Each user agency will determine the appropriate use of sales refunds. While general principles of appropriations law exists, statutory authority varies from agency to agency and thus each must interpret its own authorities. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q72: B.6.1.1 - Calculation of Sales Refund and Productivity refund. Under the purchase card program there originally was neither a sales refund nor a productivity refund. Because of problems in obtaining timely payment and the expense of mailing enormous paper reports, a refund was negotiated. Now there is a sales refund of 4-6 basis points of cost added on top of the existing refund by the vendor. This may well cause an increase in costs to merchants that is passed on by the successful vendors. We realize that the vendors are to pay your Industrial Funding Fee, however, we anticipated that it would come out of the existing types of refunds. 

ANSWER: The Government's previous programs generally had a "sponsor refund" which has been eliminated from this solicitation. Card service providers may shift what was originally a larger sponsor refund to the smaller 4-6 basis points for GSA's industrial funding fee. Vendors do not pay the industrial funding fee-agencies do. Vendors remit the industrial funding fee on behalf of agencies to the GSA. The industrial funding fee is based on GSA's costs. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q73: B.6.1.1 Calculation of Sales Refund: Refund calculation presents a problem in all cases but the support for disputed/suspended/canceled make more difficult. GSA volume will require automation of refunds. 

ANSWER: The formula will be revised to take out suspended/canceled amounts and include other terminology to reflect the deduction of credit losses, as is the industry's commercial standard practice. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q74: The draft solicitation requires that dollar balances in suspended and canceled accounts be deducted from the rebate volume to arrive at a dollar basis to determine a sales refund. As described on page 54, once the suspension/ cancellation is lifted, those dollar balances shall be included for the next refund payout. Netting suspended accounts from sales volume is not consistent with commercial practices. From the offeror's point of view, this would require additional resources to manage this rebate management process which would not be adding any value to the overall cardholder services provided to the GSA and its agencies. From the agencies' point of view, the extreme level of tracking and auditing that would go into this process would make rebate reconciliations very cumbersome. This would therefore cause negative productivity consequences to the agencies. A better approach would be to not make this process mandatory but rather a value-added option. Additional resources required by the offeror to track rebate calculations would reduce the potential rebate to the agency. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q73. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q75: According to the definition of 'net charge volume' in B.5., offerors will be required to offer sales refunds on volumes based on core and value added products/services. Please elaborate on how contractors will be able to offer refunds, and how will GSA evaluate refund offers based on value-added products and services when the bidder has no guarantees which value added products/services will be contracted for? 

ANSWER: How the contractor offers a refund is its business decision. Technical is more important than price. As offerors become more equal in their technical merit, price becomes more important. The evaluation methodology will be specified in the final solicitation. The offeror will know which value added products/services are required when task orders are issued. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q76: Please define 'dollar balances in suspended accounts'. We believe that many dollars in delinquency status may not be suspended due to 'extenuating circumstances.' However, the delinquent accounts hurt the economics of the program, i.e., less return for the Government. Please consider expanding this definition to include "all dollars 60 days or more past due" as this will more closely mirror commercial practices. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q73. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q77: B.6.1.1: Remove example of refund calculations. Formulas are clear enough. 

ANSWER: Examples help illustrate the formulas and will remain in the solicitation.

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q78: B.6.1.3 Alternate Pricing Proposals: Please provide comments relative to how GSA plans to evaluate alternate price proposals. Any differences for core vs. value-add, scoring of the alternate, etc. This information would be useful in responding with any alternate scenarios. In addition, will GSA consider alternative refund methodologies as part of alternative pricing proposals? GSA requested input on Customized Services and Value Added industry pricing (e.g., skill categories, units). 

ANSWER: Pricing will be evaluated for master contract purposes in accordance with the evaluation methodology. Alternative pricing proposals are encouraged and will be evaluated in accordance with the solicitation. The final solicitation will provide specific details. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q79: Encourages the offeror to provide alternate pricing proposals. What would the reaction of the GSA be if the offeror proposed alternate pricing proposals which do not include the pricing detailed by the GSA in Section B.6. Would these options if deemed to be providing the most beneficial offer to the agencies, be deemed acceptable? 

ANSWER: The offeror must provide pricing as required in the solicitation. Alternative pricing proposals are encouraged in addition to the pricing required. See answer to Q78. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q80: B.6.3 Frequency of Remittance: The draft RFP is unclear as to the intent as to the number of days. Is the intent to be 15 calendar days or 10 business days after the end of each fiscal quarter? Recommend that GSA clarify its intent for the frequency of remittance. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised to indicate the 10th calendar day of each fiscal year quarter. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q81: States the refund shall be remitted to the agencies by the 10th day of each fiscal year quarter, unless otherwise specified by the agency. Commercial practices today are to pay rebates after fiscal year end. This is done to adequately track and capture full year travel activity and allows for ease of reconciliation for the client. Paying quarterly, while possible, would cause other problems. Annual payments and loss netting allow for a more even flow of funds. Additionally, quarterly rebates would cause the agencies to spend extra time on reconciling payments and would require an investment in additional resources by the offeror which would reduce the potential rebate to the agency. 

ANSWER: No change will be made. Agencies require flexibility in the refund remittance schedule. GSA appreciates your input. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q82: This section states that the agency may require more frequent refund remittance schedules (daily, weekly, monthly) and will specify this in their task order. Again, this is not a commercial practice. Making this a requirement increases the amount of time the offeror spends on rebate management and detracts from the true purpose of the relationship, which is to provide an efficient card program. 

ANSWER: Agencies that require more frequent refund remittance schedules will so state and request pricing at the task order level.

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q83: This section mentions that the proposal shall address how to time the refunds so that the agencies may take advantage of the financial consideration prior to fiscal year end. Does this mean prior to September 30? If it remains a requirement to pay quarterly, then the agency will expect a payment prior to September 30 (as opposed to October 10). This would therefore mean that no rebate would be paid in the October to December quarter. From a cash flow standpoint, this would be a timing issue where there is no first quarter payment the next year because it was paid in the quarter it occurred. It may be better to manage the rebate based on the payment received at the beginning of each quarter with the first quarter of the program being the only one where a cash payment would not be received. It is suggested that however the rebates be paid, it is in the best interest of the agencies to make accrual entries for anticipated payments. 

ANSWER: Yes, this means prior to September 30. GSA appreciates the input.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q84: B.6.4 Application of Refunds: This is not a current commercial practice and would create additional resource requirements and administrative work. 

ANSWER: The agencies require flexibility in the application of their refund. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q85: B.7.1 Ceiling/Floor Prices: This paragraph assumes that an agency may select a contractor from the master contract presentation packages or the FSSIP without having an on-site presentation to the agency by the contractor. Is this a valid assumption? 

ANSWER: Yes.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q86: B.7.1 Ceiling/Floor Prices: By using simple ceiling and floor limits, the GSA may be doing itself a disservice in the evaluation. For example, it is stated in Exhibit 7F that ATM volume is $500 Million. If a proposal were made that said the first $25 Million in ATM volume was to be charged a 4% rate and all volume over $25 Million would be charged a 3.50% rate, then using a 4% (ceiling) rate for evaluation purposes is inaccurate. 

ANSWER: The solicitation provides that any volume-based approach to pricing must not adversely affect agencies that place their orders first.

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q87: Please define the scope and content of the FSSIP. Since it may be possible that agencies will make awards based on the content of the FSSIP, we would like further insight relative to the GSA assuming responsibility for inaccurate or incomplete information. We suggest allowing the bidders to review the portions of the FSSIP directly related to their products and services for accuracy. 

ANSWER: The FSSIP will contain short summaries of contractor capabilities based on contractor proposals, contract line item pricing, whether a contractor has alternative pricing proposals that an agency can inquire about, etc. The FSSIP will also include an "at-a-glance" matrix of contractor offerings, strengths, price and capabilities so that agencies can use the matrix as a comparative tool. Offerors will be able to review the applicable portions of the FSSIP.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q88: B.7.4 - h) Telephone Access Cards (for the Travel Card only). A number of agencies are issuing AT&T phone cards under the current FTS 2000 contract. GSA should consider integrating these cards into this solicitation. 

ANSWER: The solicitation allows for initiation of integration when and if possible.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q89: B.8 - Benchmark tasks. We realize that GSA needs to issue the solicitation as quickly as possible to maintain timeframes, however, it is also a burden on reviewing agencies when most of the exhibits are not available, and will not be available until after the formal solicitation is issued. 

ANSWER: GSA apologizes for any inconvenience the lack of exhibits has caused.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q90: B.8 Benchmark Tasks: Will contractors be reimbursed for the benchmark tasks? The exhibits for the benchmark tasks are not included in the draft RFP. 

ANSWER: If benchmark tasks are included in the final solicitation, the offeror may not charge bid and proposal costs for the benchmarks. If the benchmark task includes priced contract line items and an agency orders the benchmark, the Contractor would be paid in accordance with the proposal. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q91: General: Move the price sheets to the end of the section, after the instructions for filling it out; why does everything have a "clause" number? - especially since these clauses seem to have been made up specifically for this solicitation; B.1, Master Contract - this doesn't seem to have anything to do with Pricing. It seems to be a general Instruction to Offerors. Why is it here? Aren't these price sheets actually Blocks 21, 22, 23, and 24 as well as Block 19? 

ANSWER: The clause numbers make identification of a particular paragraph easier to refer to. The final solicitation will be similarly revised.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Schedule of Services

Q92: The schedule of services cites the importance of an integrated approach for a single or team of card service providers. The requirement will enable the Government to establish uniform and complimentary processes to support front-end and "backroom" processes. The stated goals for the consolidation include efficiencies in reducing overhead and other support functions, streamlining accounting and reporting data and systems for improved financial management, and reducing information and processing redundancy. Will these streamlining and consolidation efforts enable the Government to establish a single A/OPC role for all three card products? 

ANSWER: Agencies have the discretion to determine how to best manage their programs. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q93: What is Government's definition of the term "integrated solution" across card programs (i.e. billing?, one plastic?, one consolidated report?) 

ANSWER: The final solicitation provides clarification on front-end integration and back-end integration. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q94: The discussion on commercial entity use of third party processors is confusing and does not agree with our experience of these, or similarly identified, organizations. We have extensive experience with the use of private credit transfer companies, which are also referred to as third party processors. Your section appears to be talking about EDI type VAN's and other mailbox type brokers. Our experience is with organizations that contact a vendor (quite often state governments who do not want the effort of setting up in the card system or small businesses who have bad credit, or are under capitalized and cannot get into the card system at a reasonable cost) and offer to handle their card transactions so the merchant does not have to become a registered merchant in the card system. These credit transfer companies handle the purchases for each vendor and add their processing charge to the bill. This processing charge is enough to provide them with a considerable profit on the small dollar orders they process, even considering the discount. For example, purchase of birth records from the state of Arkansas is $5.00 per record, unless your use the purchase card. Then the cost is $9.95 because of the processing by the credit transfer company. Please clarify the type and conditions for use and advantages of third party processors vs. the disadvantages of having to pay for a credit transfer process. 

ANSWER: In this section of the RFP, the term "third-party processors" is used to refer to entities that perform transaction processing, data processing and reporting, transaction and account reconciliation, and accounting services on a commercial basis. These "third-party processing" services are often provided to financial institution card issuers to support large data processing requirements. The Government hopes to take advantage of the investment already made for such commercial services, and offer such services through a common overhead structure. As value-added services under the new card service programs, the Government seeks offers from card issuers to provide the same types of processing services to support the same purchase, travel, and, potentially, fleet card services that are being offered commercially and provide "third-party" processing support to the government. 

This service to the Government should not be confused with the third-party processors providing financial services to, primarily, merchants for credit, debit, check clearance, and other purchase and settlement functions through electronic transaction processing and EFT. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q95: We request that within "Section C - Schedule of Services, Performance Work Statement," all areas that are not applicable to the Fleet Card Program be noted as such. 

ANSWER: If any areas are not applicable, they will be marked as such in the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q96: The offeror should designate billing segregation on the integrated card; how does the travel get billed separately, directly to the cardholder, as opposed to other supplies or services charged on the same card? The offeror should segregate micro purchases from other purchases on the billing statement. 

ANSWER: Offerors that propose integrated solutions will need to identify how they will accomplish integration. Specific requirements should be included in the agency's task order so that contractors may devise appropriate solutions for the agency. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q97: Have the offerors provide information on how an integrated card, will distinguish between travel, fleet and purchase card. Have the offerors provide examples of allowance of ATM under the travel portion as distinguished from the fleet portion of the card. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q96. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Definitions

Q98: Agency Location Code: FMS is part of the Department of the Treasury. An 8 digit numerical ALC is used for the agencies that use the Treasury . . . 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised as suggested. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q99: Agency/Organization Identifying Number: The agency organization numbers downloaded from the net at the address provided are outdated. For example the Social Security Administration is still listed in that address as 7550 and part of the Department of Health and Human Services. We have been an independent agency since April 1, 1995 with a new identifying number. Please include a disclaimer on the accuracy of this information and add 2800 as the Social Security Administration identifying number. 

ANSWER: A disclaimer will be noted in the event an updated list is not available. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q100: Agency/Organization Identifying Number -- instead of "known as" use "provided in". 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised as suggested. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q101: Agency/Organization Level: We realize the GSA's goal is to provide flexibility to the Agencies/Organizations in designing "custom" card programs. However from an administration and service provider perspective, the effect will be increased inefficiencies and expenses to the agency/organization and reduced economic return to the Government if the Government opens the task order process to multiple levels within the Agency/Organization. Management of data at various levels within an Agency/Organization hierarchy is built into the card programs. Overall design and ownership should therefore be centralized to ensure maximum efficiencies. Therefore, it is strongly recommended that task order placement be restricted to the agency level. This will also enable a contractor to price aggressively by knowing an approximate number of orders that could be submitted under the master contract. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will include an indication as to how mandatory agencies will place its task order. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q102: Automated Clearinghouse (ACH): While CCD and CCD+ transactions are rather straightforward, there can be issues with applying individual transactions submitted in PPD format due to format version issues, particularly those originated by smaller banks and credit unions. In order for a card issuer to accurately track and post ACH transactions for central bill and individual bill transactions, the specific format should be specified and conform to EFT99 standards(e.g., CCD, CCD+, PPD, etc.). 

ANSWER: Agencies will specify a format at the task order level. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q103: Bank Check: The term "Bank Check" may lead to misinterpretation and implies that it must be issued by a bank. Please substitute the words "Convenience Check" for "Bank Check". Also, the definition for convenience checks should be modified to include travelers checks. (See comments to CC.11 and CC.11.3.) 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will change the term to convenience check. Travelers checks will not be included in the definition of convenience checks.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q104: Billing Cycle and pages 90 and 91, Authorization controls. Your definition of billing cycle is "A specific recurring time period between the time statements of account and invoices are processed." Your Authorization Controls note: c) Dollars per month limit: ... This dollar limit shall apply to the cardholder's billing cycle. and e) Transactions per month limit: ... This transaction limit shall apply to the cardholder's billing cycle." What happens when the agency sets the electronic receipt of cardholder activity and the invoice/billing cycle on a weekly or daily basis? It appears that tying these limits to the billing cycle may have serious consequences. We recommend that monthly dollar and transaction limits be set to match calendar months regardless of billing cycle. In lieu of this the limits should be set as a specific day for each agency, without regard to invoices, etc. 

ANSWER: The authorization controls section has been revised in the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q105: Centrally Billed Accounts: We do not authorize purchases made by Centrally Billed Accts. Please clarify why a card is needed for such an account. 

ANSWER: Centrally billed accounts have been part of the Government's programs since Fleet, Travel and Purchase card inception. Centrally billed accounts are required so that agencies have a central purchasing/payment/mechanism. Some centrally billed accounts require a card as cards are needed on occasion (e.g., special events, etc.). 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q106: Customization: It is standard commercial practice to offer customization of reports that do not contain data elements found in standard reports for an additional fee. Please modify the definition for customization as follows: "The standard commercial practice of creating reports, invoices, and services to meet unique needs or to a specific customer at an agreed upon fee." 

ANSWER: Similar language will be included under the customized services clause. With ad hoc reporting available to agencies on a do-it-yourself basis, however, the need for customized reports should diminish. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q107: Domestic: Define domestic. What are the US Territories and Possessions where the fleet card needs to be accepted?  

ANSWER: Domestic means the United States, its territories and possessions and the District of Columbia. The United States means all 50 states, its possessions (the Virgin Islands, Johnston Island, American Samoa, Guam, Wake Island, Midway Island, and the guano islands, but does not include Puerto Rico, leased bases, or trust territories), Puerto Rico and any other place which is subject to the United States' jurisdiction.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q108: E-Purse: I note they state E-purse is dollars! What about foreign transactions? 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised to state "currency" instead of "dollars." 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q109: Electronic: In order to offer consistent services to each of the Agencies/Organizations and manage service expectations, the term electronic should be consistent for all electronic requirements including electronically distribute (C.18), Electronic Reconciliation (C.35.9) and Electronic Invoicing (throughout the requirements section). The term electronic should be defined as file transmissions through PC-based, CPU -to- CPU or other technology-based communications protocol. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q110: Are all requests for electronic transmissions/access in the Requirements Specific to the Travel Card Section referring to electronic as defined on page 64 of the Definitions section? Or does this definition of electronic extend to the EC/EDI requirements described in C.6? 

ANSWER: Clause C.6 is revised in the final solicitation. The clause at C.34 is oriented toward electronic exchange of information with functionality to manipulate the information (e.g., sort). The final solicitation will provide clarification.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q111: Level I, Level II and Level III Data. This description bears no resemblance to the way Level I, II and II data are currently available industry wide. The capability of the vendor banks is a direct function of the capability of the servicing Association that they use (there may be exceptions). Therefore, regardless of what you propose for level II and level III, the vendors can only provide what is available. We recommend that this area either not be identified in the description area, as it then appears to be a standard, but that it be identified in another area and the vendors be afforded to propose the types of level II and III data they would be able to provide. If a description is necessary, please ensure that it will be a generic standard. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q112: The data elements for Level II and Level III data do not exactly match our specifications. Perhaps a better definition would be "as defined by the association from which the cards are issued". 

ANSWER: (Q111 - Q112) The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q113: Level II Data -- the term 1099 status is used but is never defined. Also need to define 1057. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will define 1099 status and 1057. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q114: Merchant Category Code - This code is similar to the SIC code which states the type of business of the merchant. However, knowing whether the merchant deals in goods and/or services is not sufficient for Form 1099 return reporting requirements. Each separate transaction that is for services must be properly identified. Purchases of supplies are excluded from reporting requirements. 

ANSWER: 1099 data is included in the solicitation.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q115: Suspension - Does suspension of an ordering office imply a grouping of people - an entire hierarchy? 

ANSWER: The language will be revised to "The process in which an account/individual is prohibited from making purchases with the account/card due to delinquency or multiple pre-suspension actions."  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q116: Suspension: The definition for suspension does not include individuals (Travel card program). Please modify the definition as follows: "The process in which an ordering office or individual is prohibited from making purchases with the card program due to delinquency, multiple pre-suspension actions or violations of terms and conditions of the agreement." 

ANSWER: The language will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q117: Task Order: The definition as it reads implies that each agency can negotiate pricing terms that may be different from the master contract. Please clarify whether this is the case and, if so, to what extent it is permitted. Please clarify the need for a master contract if each agency is negotiating its own pricing terms and the enforcement policy of the GSA if agencies negotiate arrangements that deviate from the master contract. 

ANSWER: Master contract line item number pricing are ceiling prices i.e., the maximum that may be charged for the product/service. The agency financial considerations and GSA's industrial funding fee are floor prices. Agencies may order products/services at the awarded price or may negotiate the price at the task order level. The master contract provides the vehicle for agencies to order products and services. Task orders may not increase the scope, period or maximum value of the master contract. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q118: Transaction Dispute Office (TDO): Please clarify the roles and responsibilities of this office. Rather than establish a TDO, the Government should consider dedicating resources to coordinate with the contractor in tracking missing payments, incomplete payment data for electronic payments and incomplete/missing Prompt Payment information. 

ANSWER: The solicitation will be revised to reflect that not all ordering agencies may have the offices listed. Some agencies may combine responsibilities into reduced or single categories. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Q119: C.3 Scope of Work: The RFP technically requires Contractors to provide "worldwide" service. No one can provide service that literally is available everywhere. Some limitation is necessary. Please define what the Government intends by "worldwide"? Further, we suggest that Contractors not be disqualified based upon one's inability to provide worldwide service in the literal sense. In addition, we suggest that the Government permit the Contractor to establish such service in areas specifically requested by the Government in a reasonable time period. 

ANSWER: The Government requires both widespread domestic and international coverage as stated in the solicitation. Recruitment of merchants are specified in C.8, Merchant Acceptance. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Q120: C.4 Agency/Organization Eligibility Determinations. You reference Exhibits 10, 11 and 12, however, on page 255 the Contract Exhibits and Contract Documents listing shows them as 9, 10 and 11. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised to reflect the correct exhibit numbers.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q121: Please clarify whether the Post Office is a mandatory or non-mandatory user. 

ANSWER: A complete listing of mandatory users will be provided with the final solicitation.  

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Q122: C.7 Card Program Requirements and C.8 Merchant Acceptance. These sections note that the type of card must provide for widespread domestic and international merchant acceptance and that the contractor shall have a mechanism to add new merchants. Based on our knowledge of the existing card services, not all card service providers have identical merchant acceptance. You might want to consider noting that within a specific timeframe after award the card transaction companies must provide a guarantee of a certain percentage of merchants, or by other means to definitively show "widespread acceptance." Without this we would have a hard time using any cards for supply purchases. We don't think that merchants will "flock" to whichever card type is available for the government award. We also feel that the merchants should be ready to assist agencies by adding appropriate upgrades to level II and III when requested by agencies for specific merchants. 

ANSWER: Merchant acceptance criteria, where applicable, will be included in the final solicitation. The solicitation requires merchant recruitment (reference C.8).  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q123: Change wording to indicate that international acceptance of the fleet card is a value-added option. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised to indicate international acceptance is desired.  

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.8, Merchant Acceptance

Q124: C.8 Merchant Acceptance: We recommend a stipulation that the Contractor ensure that vendors do not charge a user fee for Government credit card payments. 

ANSWER: Association rules and regulations already prohibit merchants from charging separate fees for credit card acceptance.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q125: The Government will need similar assistance and support to upgrade its existing card capable merchant base to Level II and Level III data capture. Add language to address this. 

ANSWER: This will be included in the final solicitation.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q126: C.8.1 Point of Sale Discount: Discounts will be taken by the merchant prior to the transaction being made. The only data that will be available will be the net transaction amount. The merchant and/or the cardholder must be aware of the negotiated discount. Compliance would only be verifiable through a post transaction statistical audit. 

ANSWER: No response required. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q127: C.8.1 Point of Sale Discount: Could this ever be on an individual transaction basis or will it always be by vendor? 

ANSWER: GSA does not understand the question. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q128: Clarification is required; would this be net of discount? 

ANSWER: GSA does not understand the question. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q129: If merchant does not pass discount information, is the Issuer to be held responsible? How & where will this information be placed? It could clash with other POS data & rules. 

ANSWER: The issuer will not be held responsible if the merchant does not pass the discount information. The discount information is generally considered Level 3 data. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q130: There are only two seamless ways discounts can be taken. They are: automatically and electronically by the acquirer and the processor. It is our belief that this discount schedule would require added cost because of the timely manner of negotiated discounts. 

ANSWER: Point-of-sale discounts is simply requesting Level 3 data to be passed. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q131: Please clarify point of sale discounts. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q130. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q132: The requirement states that the contractor is to pass on the discount information provided by the merchant for informational purposes only. In order to maximize the value of the information provided on merchant discount transactions, limit the up front training requirements at the merchant level and simplify the rollout of Point of Sale requirements, the Government should modify the requirement to include the following language: "The agency/bureau will manage and reconcile transactions with preferred merchants to ensure that discounts are applied regularly by the merchant, utilizing the actual receipts and MIS sorted by vendor name, until such time that the vendors invest in special Point of Sale terminals to capture and report additional detail. All additional information provided by the merchant will be reported in accordance with the current process of capturing Point of Sale detail from each enhanced data capture merchant." Further, please clarify the format and amount of detail the merchant and contractor are required to provide to the Government for informational purposes. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will include similar revised language. The format and amount of detail should be what is available through standard industry Level 3 data. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Q133: C.9 Program Volume Growth and Technological Advances: Does the government plan on setting credit limits for individual agencies or departments? Will GSA or some other central agency be required to approve an increase to a department/agency credit limit? 

ANSWER: There are no credit limits imposed at the master contract level. Agencies may choose which authorization controls, if any, to apply to some or all of their accounts. See C.30, Authorization Controls. As there are no credit limits imposed, GSA will not be required to "approve" any increase. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q134: The requirement to coordinate any change that involves program growth through the GSA Contracting Officer 90 days in advance does not follow best commercial practices. While a contractor can notify the Government of an impending change, changes that do not require contract modification but support program growth are overly broad and render this clause impractical. The GSA should consider amending the clause such that any change requiring a contract modification shall be submitted 90 days in advance, and that the GSA shall approve/disapprove the change up to 30 days in advance. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Q135: C.10 Quality Assurance: The requirement for subsection (a) is subjective and overly broad. It's inclusion could cause confusion and lead to problems. Therefore, we recommend the requirement be deleted.  

ANSWER: The language will remain unchanged. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = 

Q136: In order to ensure the accuracy of payment posting and expedient problem resolution, the requirement for subsection (e) should be modified to read as follows: "The Contractor will ensure that payments with proper account identification are posted in accordance with the terms and conditions of the contract. 

ANSWER: Agencies will provide payment instruction, where applicable, as provided in C.35.11. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = 

Q137: g) Will satisfaction surveys customized at the A/OPC, DBO, TDO, and EO be used? For agencies requiring additional quality measures in their task orders, will the vendor be responsible for pricing and evaluation of the request? 

ANSWER: Yes, the satisfaction surveys will be used as part of GSA's evaluation of contractor performance. GSA is not clear what is meant by "customized." Subparagraph g) does not require customized surveys--it simply requires the contractor to perform the satisfaction surveys. If an agency requires additional quality measures than those stated in this section, it will so state and request pricing in their task order. The vendors would be responsible for proposing on the agency's additional quality measure requirements and the agency would evaluate the vendor's proposal in accordance with the methodology stated in their task order. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q138: Subsection (g) requests annual satisfaction and performance surveys. In order to review more timely feedback and to enable faster turnaround on outstanding issues, the recommended requirement should read follows: "Satisfaction surveys should be conducted more frequently with A/OPC's and Cardholders to assess program performance and gather customer feedback. Survey results should be submitted to the GSA and agencies on a quarterly basis. 

ANSWER: GSA will be conducting quarterly evaluations with A/OPCs as described in the final solicitation. The minimum requirement for contractors to conduct satisfaction and performance surveys is once a year. Offerors may propose to conduct more frequent surveys. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q139: Subsection (h) requires continual monitoring of the quality of services by the contractor. In order to add objectivity to the process, this requirement should allow contractors to use third party vendors to conduct the surveys. In the course of conducting these surveys, Cardholder and APC information will need to be given to third parties on a confidential and proprietary basis. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q140: The GSA should make it clear that contractors can conduct and report required "contractor quality surveys" consistent with the Privacy Act obligations. The draft RFP indicates that contractors (and subcontractors) will be expected to adhere to Privacy Act requirements. As part of a contractor's Quality Assurance program, contractors will also be required to conduct "annual contractor quality surveys," the results of which are to be submitted to the GSA Contracting Officer. To the extent survey information is collected from individual users, survey results arguably constitute a "system of records" covered by the Privacy Act. At a minimum, GSA should clarify that the Government will collect and make "routine use" of Government Card Program-related survey information. That clarification should be made in the draft RFP itself and in the appropriate Privacy Act notices and/or published Privacy Act implementation guidance. 

ANSWER: GSA will insure that the systems notice for the Privacy Act systems of records maintained pursuant to this contract (GSA/GOVT-3) states that contractor quality survey responses are included in the systems of records and that information in the system of records will be routinely used to conduct contractor quality surveys. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Q141: C.12 Delinquency Control: While contractors can accommodate the requirement that settlements be reflected in reports, there are several issues with this requirement that can create problems for both the contractor and the Government: debts which are settled are technically not, and cannot be considered discharged, in that the amount of the debt that is not repaid is still shown on the books as a debit; while cardholders will not be dunned for settled debt by the card companies and reports showing cardholder delinquencies can be modified accordingly, the integrity of the reporting to the Government is best upheld when the reports show how much debt was incurred. It is important that the Government recognize the results of delinquencies, since this will ultimately impact program economics, and the cost to the Government. Therefore, it is recommended that the requirement be modified to (1) delete the phrase 'and debt shall be considered discharged', and (2) change 'all contractor reports shall so reflect total amounts owed as well as the settlement action.' 

ANSWER: There will be no change in the final solicitation.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q142: C.13 Security Requirements: Does the statement "The Contractor shall, at a minimum, meet the security requirements of any Bank or Credit Card Association to which it belongs..." refer to any and all security policies, i.e., the Association's policy on no-name cards, or only on those policies referring to safeguarding data and system entry, or something else entirely? 

ANSWER: This requirement refers to those security requirements that protect the integrity, security and proper functioning for all databases and systems involved in the operation of the Government's card programs. The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q143: There is a possibility that some contractors would need access to government sensitive systems. Does this refer to the Department of Treasury database system? 

ANSWER: This does not specifically refer to the Department of Treasury's database system. Some agencies may require higher security levels due to systems or information that may be classified. Agencies will specify additional security requirements, if any, at the task order level. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q144: Government requirements for background information on personnel with access to Government account data is beyond commercial user requirements, can lead to personnel issues, and be costly. Can these requirements be eliminated or at least predefined and limited? 

ANSWER: The requirements will remain unchanged. Specific requirements will be identified and priced at the task order level. Generally, additional security procedures are only required for reasons of national security or when access to classified data or personnel is required. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q145: The requirement to provide contractor's security requirements for review is overly broad and can lead directly to security compromises. Many security measures taken by the card industry are highly confidential, and disclosure of same could directly lead to massive compromises, for which it is assumed that the Government would be reluctant to absorb liability. The Government must clarify which security measures it is interested in pursuing. In addition, laws such as the Privacy Act as applied to the contractors go a long way to ensure security of Government cardholder information, so this requirement is redundant and should be modified to delete the phrase 'and submit such requirements/procedures for Government review as well as any subsequent updates throughout the contract period'. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Q146: C.15 Investigation Assistance: The Government makes no reference to assisting the issuer in investigations. Can we expect the same level of assistance currently provided by our commercial clients with similar language in the contract re: investigation assistance as we currently have in our standard contracts with commercial clients? 

ANSWER: The respondent did not include standard commercial language for review. No change will be made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q147: C.15 and C.16 Investigation Assistance and Audit Assistance: Both sections need to be modified to incorporate language to the effect that 'assistance shall be provided consistent with the contractor's own requirements for disclosure of information'. Industry supports the Government's requirement, but Government has to realize that there are certain items of information that contractors, while willing to disclose, can not disclose without subpoena, such as printouts of cardholder records from computer screens or summaries of conversations between cardholders and card companies. 

ANSWER: C.15 and C.16 will remain unchanged. The government, not the individual cardholders, is the "customer" for purposes of records generated pursuant to the government's travel charge card contract. Therefore, the Right to Financial Privacy Act requirements for a subpoena in order to release cardholder records does not apply to the records generated under this contract. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q148: GSA should harmonize the various Draft RFP provisions dealing with access to Government Card Program information. As currently written, Section C.34 of the Draft dealing with "Program and Transaction Data" narrowly restricts contractor disclosure of Government Card Program information to "only authorized individuals designated by the A/OPC, in writing" and only to the "inquiring agency/organization and subsequent level" (see RFP at p.92). Other contract provisions establish affirmative contractor obligations regarding disclosure to particular branches of the Government, such as requiring disclosure to "any authorized investigative unit...of the US Government" (See RFP at p.73) and to the Comptroller General (see RFP at p. 253-254). Still another Draft RFP provision - Section C.22 at p. 78- restricts release or use of Government Card Program information "except as otherwise specifically provided in the contract." None of the provisions recognize that broader disclosure of Government Card Program information may be allowed or required by law (such as under the Privacy Act of the Freedom of Information Act) or by judicial or quasi-judicial order, rule or procedures (such as a civil or grand jury subpoena). Like section C.22, section C.34 relating to "Program and Transaction Data" should be modified to clarify that the restrictions set forth therein apply generally, but do not prohibit disclosures otherwise authorized elsewhere in the Draft RFP. Sections C.22 and C.34 both should be modified to allow disclosures authorized or required by law, or by any judicial or quasi-judicial order, rule or procedure. 

ANSWER: Section C.34 will be amended to state that the contractor shall restrict access to data to individuals authorized by this contract or authorized by the A/OPC in writing. 

The Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) applies to records in the possession of the government, and the Privacy Act certain government records, including Privacy Act systems of records maintained by contractors on behalf of the government. The government is responsible for judging when release of information is required pursuant to the FOIA, the Privacy Act, or in response to judicial subpoena. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * 

C.17 Marketing and Advertising

Q149: C.17 Marketing and Advertising, C.18, Newsletters, C.19 Statement Inserts, C.20 Statement Messagings: Does the restriction on implying government endorsement of one issuer vs. another apply only between issuers who are in the Master contract or to all issuers?  

ANSWER: It is standard Government practice (not simply related to this contract) to not to endorse any private entity. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q150: Will issuers be at least permitted to state facts, i.e., that these agencies chose us and these were the stated criteria which supported that decision?  

ANSWER: For this specific example, yes. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q151: Can we use program statistics of other agencies programs which indicate success?  

ANSWER: It depends on the program statistics. Program statistics regarding overall sales, overall transactions and overall cardholders are generally releasable. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q152: Will the government restrict its review to the two criteria it indicated (i.e., the implication of government endorsement and interpreting contract terms)? 

ANSWER: There seems to be some confusion related to the restrictions. The draft solicitation includes two sets of restrictions-one for the contractor, one for government agencies. The final solicitation will provide clarification. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q153: The requirement for the GSA to review and approve advertising is inconsistent with the approach captured in the first sentence of the requirement; namely that marketing/advertising is the responsibility of the Contractor. The restrictions on subject matter outlined in the requirement are sufficient; the Government has options pursuant to the FAR should the Contractor not comply with the restrictions. Furthermore, GSA's own counsel has taken the position that it is not the place of the Government to review and approve Contractor marketing/advertising. In addition, the Government review/approval requirement introduces a layer of bureaucracy that is not present in other Government contracts, and is not consistent with "best commercial practices". It is recommended that this be removed. 

ANSWER: The review and approval process does not apply to the offeror's industry advertising pieces. It applies to specific marketing and advertising materials for the master contract. See answer to Q154. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q154: It is understandable that GSA would want to control the content of training materials and prohibit advertising which constitutes Government endorsement of a product or service. However, the requirement for GSA to review and approve any advertising is not a standard practice in other Government-contractor relationships and is not consistent with commercial best practice. Furthermore, in a multiple award environment, advertisements such as '70% of agencies use XYZ products' are not endorsement, merely statements of fact. Finally, since the multiple award nature of the program encourages competition among contractors, restricting the content of advertising beyond what is in the FAR ultimately restricts the contractor's ability to compete. Since advertising is not a contractual requirement, it is strongly recommended that this requirement be modified to delete the Government approval. 

ANSWER: In other government-contractor relationships, the "advertising" material is a price list which is approved by the Government. For example, in FSS's MOBIS schedules, price lists, which contain company advertisements and introduction pieces, are routinely approved prior to dissemination to government clients. Again, this clause is not referring to industry advertising pieces, but those advertising pieces specific to this master contract. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q155: GSA should clarify its intent regarding the restrictions on contractors relating to marketing and advertising in statement inserts and statement messaging. In discussing both statement inserts and statement messaging, the Draft RFP states that the contractor "shall be precluded from the prohibitions described in C.17. We find the language of that clause is unclear, but assume the intent is to emphasize that the C.17's general preclusions/prohibitions on marketing or advertising apply to any contractor-requested statement inserts or statement messaging. 

ANSWER: That is correct. This will be clarified in the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q156: The requirement states that marketing and advertising materials relative to the Government's Card Program(s) shall be precluded from ...(2) interpreting contract terms or conditions... To be meaningful, any training materials that are developed for the APC or cardholder audience will by nature need to provide details of the contract such as suspension procedures, cancellation procedures, payment responsibilities, definitions of proper invoice, agency responsibilities etc. 

ANSWER: Training materials have their own review process. This section deals with marketing and advertising materials, not training materials. The final solicitation will be revised to make this clear. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.18 Master Contract Newsletter

Q157: C.18 Master Contract Newsletter: The requirement states that the contractor shall develop and electronically distribute an electronic newsletter to all A/OPC participants. Please clarify that the electronic newsletters will serve as the official newsletter and that there is no need to produce and distribute the newsletter in paper format. This will ensure clear communication and avoid any potential for confusion as a result of dual reporting (e.g., paper and electronic). If paper is required, either Program Administrators will print and distribute appropriate reports on scheduled dates and/or for interim statement MIS or the contractor may provide them for a fee. Further, the GSA should state that the agency will retain responsibility for posting the newsletter on the agency's Internet site. 

ANSWER: Contractors are required to provide electronic copies of the newsletter. At their option, they may provide paper copies. Actual Intranet posting of the newsletter will be the responsibility of the agency. The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q158: We believe that the contractor should have the right to discontinue the distribution of the newsletter if so requested by the A/OPC. 

ANSWER: No change in the solicitation will be made. A/OPCs need to be aware of program information. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q159: The term "A/OPC program participants" is unclear. Does this refer to just the A/OPCs or to every user of the Government's Card Programs? 

ANSWER: Just the A/OPCs. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q160: The Statement of Work refers to only electronic delivery of a master contract newsletter. Can the GSA confirm if this is the only method of distribution, or identify other acceptable methods? 

ANSWER: See answer to Q157. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q161: After the initial review period of marketing materials by the GSA (14 days), the draft RFP states that "revisions must be submitted to allow sufficient time for re-review without delaying distribution". The requirement should further include a 7 calendar day turnaround by the GSA on revised materials in order to ensure that the materials that are needed to train the users of the program are produced in a timely fashion. 

ANSWER: No change in the solicitation will be made. The amount of time required for re-review will depend on the number of revisions required. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.19 Statement Inserts

Q162: C.19 Statement Inserts and pages 92 through 97, Program and Transaction Data: The solicitation and award need to provide that if an agency obtains all of their reports, etc. electronically that, at the agency option, the cardholder Statement of Account and the approving official Business Account Summary (or equivalent) are not sent as paper documents to the individuals concerned. For those agencies who are completely electronic the receipt and handling of these paper documents is an additional burden that is unnecessary. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised to reflect this suggestion. Please note that the new contracts do not have a provision for an approving official. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = 

Q163: The requirement of statement inserts and statement messaging seems to be counter to our desire for electronic commerce. While the solicitation does state these can be done electronically, most electronic invoice files are not formatted to do so. In fact, most customers' financial systems are not geared toward receiving textual messages, but to stripping off the minimum financial data necessary to pay the invoice. While budget offices and program offices may want to receive the information, payment offices do not. Any programmatic messages sent to payment offices would be ignored. Programmatic information needs to provided directly to those account locations. Statement Inserts and Statement Messaging are inefficient, but do provide a marketing mechanism for the contractor and GSA to transmit program information. That information SHOULD be controlled by the Contracting Office to prevent marketing of items or services not authorized by this contract. It would be more consistent with our stated goals for electronic commerce and efficient payment processes to make these items an "IF' requirement. "IF statement inserts or messaging are used, they must adhere to the following rules. . . ." 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q164: The requirement states that "The contractor shall provide the GSA Contracting Office, GSA Program Office, and agencies/organizations the ability to include electronic or paper inserts into cardholder statements of account to reach selected or entire Government audiences (e.g., only GSA employees, all participating agencies/organizations, etc.)" In order to manage the users' expectations and timelines and accuracy of messaging, the requirement should restrict the "customization" by agency to a selection of message types, or limit the customization capability to the GSA level only. 

ANSWER: Offerors should propose insert parameters (e.g., size, thickness, etc.). The requesting agency will be responsible for creating, printing (or electronic equivalent) and providing the insert to the contractor, using the contractor's specifications. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = 

Q165: The Government should use the statement insert feature to communicate program information only to active cardholders. In order to communicate important information, the GSA should use alternative information vehicles that will ensure the proper level of attention from the cardholder. 

ANSWER: Inserts may go to active cardholders only. The final solicitation will be revised. What alternative information vehicles do you propose? 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q166: How will electronic statement inserts be handled for individually billed travel accounts when there is no requirement to send these cardholders their statements electronically in section CB.15.1.7? Or does this section apply only to statement inserts for centrally billed accounts? 

ANSWER: CB.15.1.7 will be revised.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q167: The increased postage fees and production costs associated with statement inserts will be borne by the Government. Therefore the Government should add a CLIN for statement inserts. 

ANSWER: Offerors should propose pricing for statement inserts (e.g., first insert at no cost--each insert an additional X; oversized inserts are Y, additional postage, etc.). The pricing schedules will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q168: We suggest that the SOW include a provision that would permit the contractor to use the names of cardholders if these individuals indicated by signature on any program forms that they were agreeable to receive marketing statement inserts relating to other products of the contractor and/or of a third-party. 

ANSWER: No such provision will be provided. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q169: Please clarify whether the Government or the contractor will be responsible for producing the requested inserts. In most cases, it is more advantageous to the agency to maintain responsibility for creating and printing the insert. If it is the contractor's responsibility, it should be a value-added service. A provision should be made such that after the initial review period of statement inserts by the GSA (14 days), the draft RFP states that "revisions must be submitted to allow sufficient time for re-review without delaying distribution". The requirement should further include a seven calendar day turnaround by the GSA on revised materials in order to ensure that the materials that are needed to train the users of the program are produced in a timely fashion. 

ANSWER: The requesting agency will be responsible for creating, printing (or electronic equivalent) and providing the insert to the contractor, using the contractor's specifications. Contractors may choose to offer these services as value-added. The amount of time required for re-review will depend on the number of revisions required. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q170: We recommend the second sentence be changed to read "The Contractor shall provide the GSA Contracting Office, GSA Program Office, and agencies/organizations the ability to include electronic or paper statement inserts into cardholder statements of account to reach selected (for T&E Cardholder only) or entire government audiences (e.g., only to GSA employees, all participating agencies/organizations, etc.).". We believe that any Fleet Card Program update that would need to be given to Fleet Card users would have government wide applicability. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q163. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.20, Statement Messaging

Q171: C.20 Statement Messaging: The requirement states that "The contractor shall provide the GSA Contracting Office, GSA Program Office, and agencies/organizations the ability to include electronic or paper messaging into cardholder statements of account to reach selected or entire Government audiences (e.g., only GSA employees, all participating agencies/organizations, etc.)" In order to manage the users' expectations and timelines and accuracy of messaging, the requirement should restrict the "customization" by agency to a selection of message types, or limit the customization capability to the GSA level only. 

ANSWER: Offerors should propose messaging parameters (e.g., number of lines, etc.). The requesting agency will be responsible for writing the statement message and providing the message to the contractor, using the contractor's specifications. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q172: The Government should use the messaging feature to communicate program information only to active cardholders. In order to communicate important information, the GSA should use alternative information vehicles that will ensure the proper level of attention from the cardholder. 

ANSWER: Messaging may go to active cardholders only. The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q173: The increased postage fees and production costs associated with messaging will be borne by the Government. Therefore the Government should add a CLIN for statement messaging. 

ANSWER: As statement messages are generally short in nature and printed directly on the invoice or statement of account, the GSA does not believe additional postage/production costs would be necessary. If there are additional costs, the offeror should include this in its core pricing proposal. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q174: "If the Contractor uses the statement Messaging feature relative to the Card Program(s). The Contractor shall be precluded from the prohibitions described in C.17, Marketing and Advertising..." Precluded from should read bound. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q175: Add a requirement for contractor to electronically provide to each participating Agency/Organization A/OPCs and Approving Officials, at no additional expense, the same messages provided to cardholders on statements of accounts. 

ANSWER: The statement messages are generally generated at the A/OPC level--cardholders may not request statement messages in their individual capacity. Please note that the role of the Approving Official is not included in the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q176: It is unclear whether statement messaging can be targeted at individuals within an agency. What is the lowest level of granularity that can be targeted? 

ANSWER: Statement messaging can be targeted at accounts/cardholders within any agency component level. For example, statement messaging can go to all of GSA, or go to all of Federal Supply Service (a service within GSA), or to all of the Office of Acquisition (an office within the Federal Supply Service), or to all of Services Acquisition Center (a center within the Office of Acquisition). The target levels will be identified by the requesting agency. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.21, Master Contract Training Conference

Q177: C.21 Master Contract Training Conference: We recommend that the following phrase in the first sentence of the second paragraph be deleted: "at the request of the GSA Contracting Officer". 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised as suggested. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q178: On what basis will the costs be prorated between contractors off the master contract? 

ANSWER: GSA will contract for the conference facility. Contractors will be responsible for Contractor-personnel travel and travel related expenses, training materials, any audio-visual equipment required for its specific training sessions as well as any specific Contractor set-up costs.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = 

Q179: The requirement states that the contractors shall participate in one annual A/OPC master contract training conference at different geographic locations each year...the GSA Contracting Officer reserves the right to require separate training sessions for each business line. In order to ensure complete information disclosure at these annual training conferences, the GSA should stipulate that the annual conference will consist of separate sessions for each contractor that are restricted to Government, Mandatory Agencies, potential program users and contractor employees. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will include similar language. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q180: In order to ensure effective and well attended additional training sessions, if separate training sessions are requested throughout the year, the GSA should limit the number of additional sessions to four. The contractor will be eligible to charge a fee to host the fifth and greater requested training sessions. 

ANSWER: The solicitation language will be revised as follows: "...[h]owever, the GSA Contracting Officer reserves the right to require a separate training conference for each business line." 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.22, Release of Program Information

Q181: We recommend that the last sentence read as follows: "The Contractor shall not release, sell, or make available any information relating to this contract to any third party without the prior written consent of the Government. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Government shall permit the Contractor to utilize generic data so long as neither the Government nor its agencies/organizations are specifically identified." 

ANSWER: The language will remain unchanged. Program information may not be released except as stated in the solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q182: GSA should harmonize the various Draft RFP provisions dealing with access to Government Card Program information. As currently written, Section C.34 of the Draft dealing with "Program and Transaction Data" narrowly restricts contractor disclosure of Government Card Program information to "only authorized individuals designated by the A/OPC, in writing" and only to the "inquiring agency/organization and subsequent level" (see RFP at p.92). Other contract provisions establish affirmative contractor obligations regarding disclosure to particular branches of the Government, such as requiring disclosure to "any authorized investigative unit...of the US Government" (See RFP at p.73) and to the Comptroller General (see RFP at p. 253-254). Still another Draft RFP provision - Section C.22 at p. 78- restricts release or use of Government Card Program information "except as otherwise specifically provided in the contract." None of the provisions recognize that broader disclosure of Government Card Program information may be allowed or required by law (such as under the Privacy Act of the Freedom of Information Act) or by judicial or quasi-judicial order, rule or procedures (such as a civil or grand jury subpoena). Like section C.22, section C.34 relating to "Program and Transaction Data" should be modified to clarify that the restrictions set forth therein apply generally, but do not prohibit disclosures otherwise authorized elsewhere in the Draft RFP. Sections C.22 and C.34 both should be modified to allow disclosures authorized or required by law, or by any judicial or quasi-judicial order, rule or procedure. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q148. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.23, Card Design and Embossing

Q183: We recommend the GSA continue to or provide the option to use the existing card graphics/layout for the fleet card products. The continued utilization of the existing card graphic will minimize confusion at the point of sale of all merchants in the fuel card industry. GSA will benefit by minimizing the confusion at the point of sale at the merchants. 

ANSWER: GSA does not own the current card design. GSA will provide the card design as stated in the solicitation. Existing card graphics/layout may not be used. The card designs are available for review at our Web site: http://www.fss.gsa.gov/fm/future/index.cfm. Please review the designs for compliance with industry standards. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q184: Please provide clarification on when the card model design is due. C.23 states 2 weeks. Addendum to Clause 52.214.4 Card Programs matrix states final card product due 4 weeks after contract award. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised to reflect 2 weeks after contract award. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q185: It is unclear if the background designs created by GSA are for the front of the card, the back, or both sides of the card. 

ANSWER: The background designs are for the front of the card. See answer to Q183. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q186: C.23, CA.5, CB.5 and CC.5, Card Design and Embossing: There may be constraints on the ability to emboss all of the required data if an integrated solution is provided. Please consider changing the requirement for program specific data to be printed on the card instead of embossed. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. See answer to Q183. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q187: What does it mean exactly when GSA says they will design the card? Is it their intent to dictate what information will go on the card and where that information will be located? There are design standards set by the card associations that cannot be changed. 

ANSWER: GSA has contracted with a company to provide the card design. The card design will meet industry design standards. See answer to Q183. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q188: This section discusses Card Design. Please comment on the requirement that there are many requests to emboss or print data directly on to the card, along with a chip, photo ID and a specially designed background. There are physical limits as to how much can fit on the plastic. This becomes of particular importance, when offering an integrated or a hybrid card solution. Please prioritize the following card design requirements. For example, the specific citations are: C.23 Government issued background design; C.23.1 Institution's toll-free customer service number; C.47.1 Long distance carrier code and calling ID number; C.47.10 Chip; C.47.12 Photo ID; CA.2 Equipment ID, Individual name or agency/organization name; CA.5.1 Account number/card number (OCR), Customer or agency/organization ID, Equipment ID, Expiration date, Product type; CB.5.1 Account name, Account number, Expiration date, 20 digit alphanumeric field for agency/organization use, individual department, agency/organization name, 15 digit alphanumeric discretionary field; CB.5.2 City Pair Program Identifier; CC.5.1 Account name, Account number, Expiration date, 20 character alphanumeric field for agency/organization use, Individual department, agency or organization name, 15 digit alphanumeric discretionary field. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. See answer to Q183. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q189: The requirement lists many potential card designs, depending on purpose. In order to ensure widespread acceptance and eliminate confusion at the merchant level, the Government should keep to a standard card design. Common commercial practice is to issue purchasing, travel and fleet cards with a standard background and limited customization (e.g., company logos only). A common look will help the airline, hotel and car rental industries as well as new merchants to card acceptance.  

ANSWER: There will be four Government-provided card designs. One for fleet, one for travel, one for purchase and one for an integrated solution. This is to ensure a common look. In addition to the Government-provided card design, contractor's will provide their standard card design for generic cards and there could be a number of these generic card designs, depending on the number of contractors. As they are generic cards, a common look is not necessary and even enhances the security of the generic card. There is also a quasi-generic card, in which the contractor will provide its industry design, but use the account numbering requirements as described in the solicitation. See answer to Q183. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q190: Our interpretation of the requirement suggest as many as 11 card program designs. This could further multiply by the number of agencies who could require a unique look. These customized designs require additional lead time to print and monitor quality control. The customization will extend the implementation and replacement time frames as well as increase the overall contract price. From an economic and quality perspective, the Government should provide limited number of background designs with sufficient lead time to print the cards. We recommend that any agency customizations should be moved to value-added services. 

ANSWER: There will be four Government-provided card designs as described in the answer to Q189. Agencies cannot customize the background card design. See answer to Q183. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q191: The Draft RFP stipulates the required data fields to be embossed on the face of the card. However, there are some fields, not mentioned in the requirement that are standard commercial design (e.g., effective date). Please clarify whether additional information can be embossed on the card in addition to the Government specifications. 

ANSWER: The card designs may be viewed at 

http://www.fss.gsa.gov/fm/future/index.cfm 

Taking into consideration all possible elements that need to go on the card and any value-added items (e.g., chip, photo ID, etc.), the offeror may propose additional information to be included for consideration. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Generic Card Requirements

Q192: C.23.2 Generic Card Requirements: Are these to be included with nongeneric agency reports? This is a cross bank reporting requirement and not supported. 

ANSWER: No. Generic cards should be reported separately, in accordance with solicitation requirements, to the agency and not included with regular accounts. The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q193: We recommend that the second sentence be changed to read: "...an account number (except for Fleet Cards) which is indistinguishable from non-government personal cards." Fleet Cards have an account number that is assigned to a fleet (central account), not a person; therefore the account number will be distinguishable from any personal card account number. The account number will be unique to the agency using general cards and not distinguishable to other agencies. We recommend that the following phrase at the end of the third sentence be deleted: "except C.32, Tax Exempt Status". 

ANSWER: The fleet card portion of the final solicitation will be revised to include a "quasi-generic" card similar to the requirements under the travel card. This will allow agencies some measure of anonymity for their employees while ensuring tax exemption. The true generic cards are not required to be tax exempt. This allows a better level of anonymity. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = 

Q194: The question has been withdrawn at the respondent's request. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q195: The fleet card should have the possibility of a "Quasi-Generic" Card similar to the travel card program. It is possible that generic fleet cards could be tax exempt without identifying the card presenter as a Government employee since most taxes are deducted at the corporate level rather than the point of sale. The same paragraph language currently used in CB.5.3 should be used in the Fleet Card section CA.5. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q193. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q196: C.23.2 - Do generic cards fall under the same requirements for statement messaging/statement inserts as government cards? In order for generic cards to be truly indistinguishable from other nongovernment cards, the generic cardholders may occasionally receive statement messages/inserts that do not apply to them. 

ANSWER: The requirement applies to generic cards as well. Generally, no statement inserts or messagings will go to generic cardholders to maintain security. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

C.23.3, Sample/Test Card Requirements

Q197: C.23.3 Sample/Test Card Requirements: We recommend the fifth sentence be changed to read: "Test Cards will have limited charge capability in the T&E and Purchasing Card environment and will be limited by an early expiration date (not charge capability) in the Fleet Card environment." 

ANSWER: The language as stated allows the contractor to develop their own method of limiting charge capability. For the fleet card this could be done by expiration date. Another contractor may offer a different solution. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q198: Please clarify the purpose, frequency and quantity of test cards required by the GSA. In order to ensure the success of and increase control associated with offering Test Cards, the GSA should be responsible for educating and coordinating with vendors on the purpose and authorization levels of the card. 

ANSWER: For the fleet card, test cards would be used for value-added products and services such as integration with an on-site fueling facility or maintenance control system. For the travel and purchase cards, test cards are generally for value-added products/services (such as a hybrid card, electronic purchasing, etc.) or pilot programs. The purpose of the test card is to see if the card works as it is designed to. Frequency and quantity are unknown. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q199: In addition, the requirement should stipulate that "test cards will be subject to the same controls as 'live' cards within the agency. The card design noting that the cards are for test purposes only will restrict Point of Sale purchases outside the approved merchant base. All telephone orders using the card will be subject to physical restrictions monitored by the A/OPC." 

ANSWER: Agencies will exercise care with test cards and GSA will include this is its education outreach programs.  

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Account Number

Q200: C.24 Account Number: A unique prefix can easily be assigned to the Federal Government. By allowing the Government to dictate the account numbering system or sequencing, the Government may be jeopardizing the security of the account number. 

ANSWER: The Government will not dictate what the specific number or sequence (i.e., 1234567890), but requires that the accounting numbering system or sequence be specific to the Government and to the various categories. For example, non-mandatory users would have a different accounting numbering system than mandatory users (e.g., non-mandatory users would have the prefix/accounting number sequence of XXXXXXX instead of the mandatory user prefix/sequence of YYYYYYY). 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q201: This section indicates a prohibition against using existing account numbers for this contract that are used under other existing federal contracts. Please clarify the reasoning for this restriction. Is this restriction intended to address cards issued under this contract by current providers or cards issued under contracts with other Federal agencies? If this is the latter, please consider removing this prohibition as the integration of existing programs with this contract could facilitate shorter startup times for agencies, less development effort, and less costly solutions. 

ANSWER: If you use the same account number under this contract as another existing federal contract, you would have duplicate account numbers and confusion. This prohibition is in place to protect access to the master contract (e.g., a federal entity decides to procure its own card, thus it could have the same account number/prefix as cards issued under the master contract. This is unacceptable.). All accounts under the current contracts must be closed out in order to close out the contract. New numbers are required. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q202: The Government reserves the right to require multiple prefixes, separate numbering systems or sequence for control purposes. Please provide an example. 

ANSWER: Travel card example: Individually billed travel card accounts with City Pair Program access requires separate prefixes and numbering systems. 

Fleet card example: Cost-reimbursable contractors require separate prefixes and numbering systems. 

Purchase card example: Cost-reimbursable contractors require separate prefixes and numbering systems. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q203: Unique number schemes are requested. What are the driving factors behind this requirement? Please provide an example. 

ANSWER: Examples are provided in the answer to Q202. The account number requirements stem from the Government's requirements to segregate and identify users of the card programs. It serves as an important control mechanism for the Government. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q204: The requirement states "The Government reserves the right to require multiple prefixes, separate numbering systems or sequence for control purposes." We recommend this statement be changed to "The Contractor shall assign a Government unique account number(s) and within that account number have the ability to provide controls for the Government." The recommended language provides Government with adequate controls, merchant recognition, and merchant benefits to Government Cardholders while providing Contractors with an improved ability to manage their operations. 

ANSWER: The solicitation language will remain unchanged. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Training Requirements

Q205: C.25, Training Requirements: Paragraph 4) of this section is too open-ended. The training to be developed by the offeror should assume that the user is already proficient to use the tools upon which electronic access software may be provided. As the offeror is not responsible for providing computer hardware, the offeror should not be expected to provide training for said hardware, peripherals or operating systems. See NOTE: The note indicates that the timeframes stated below are effective November 30, 1998; however, there are no timeframes stated. This section also indicates a prohibition against using Government official seals and logos. Based on a task order, an agency may request agency-specific training material or other collateral with their logo or seal. Please consider allowing an agency's seal or logo to be used if requested and approved by that Government agency. 

ANSWER: Subparagraph 4), "Assist in training agencies/organizations on all aspects of the Card Program(s), products and services," does not include underlying hardware, peripherals or operating systems since these systems are already in place and not the product of the master contract. The final solicitation will be clarified. 

The timeframes are indicated in number of days after receipt of task order award (which differ from the timeframes for contract start-up). 

The final solicitation will be revised to allow agency logo/seal on agency specific training materials, when authorized. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q206: This section deals with training requirements and providing agencies access to all training materials via their Intranets. Are any more specifics available on the requirements for agency Intranets? 

ANSWER: No. Specifics will be defined at the task order level. Files placed on Intranets will generally (but not necessarily) be in standard html formats. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q207: C.25.1, Cardholder Guide: This section should not apply to the Fleet card. Fleet cards are usually issued to vehicles rather than people, with many different possible users of any one card. The cardholder guide for fleet should be limited to driver instructions that can be kept in the glove-box of the vehicle: 

    • Authorized uses of the card
    • How to use the card (point of sale device instructions)
    • Cardholder responsibilities
    • Toll-free or Collect customer service number 

Management of the cards is done by a Fleet Manager, possibly responsible for over 1,000 cards/vehicles. For many agencies, only the Fleet Manager can request new cards, replace cards, report lost/stolen cards, etc. Therefore, only one copy of the following information is needed per customer unit: 

    • Procedures for reporting lost/stolen cards
    • Replacement card ordering procedures
    • New card ordering procedures
    • Explanation of electronic access screens, etc.
    • Account suspension and cancellation procedures
    • Payment requirements
    • Foreign currency conversion procedures (if applicable)
    • Sample of cardholder guide (for vehicles/drivers) 

For Fleet, the driver's cardholder guide may be combined with an abbreviated version of the contractor's merchant network guide (CA.6.1) 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q208: With regard to Subparagraph #2, please define the term limited as used in the statement "The Contractor shall provide a limited number of hard copies of each training material to the A/OPC and GSA Contracting Office as requested." By defining the number of training material hard copies to be required, Contractors can reduce cost uncertainty as well as increase the quality and efficiency of training and program rollout. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised to reflect one copy per cardholder/account.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q209: The requirement states "Contractor training materials shall be precluded from ...interpreting contract terms or conditions" We believe that for training material to be effective and informative, key contract terms and conditions such as suspension and cancellation procedures, payment responsibilities, agency responsibilities, and proper invoice definition must be fully described and communicated to the APC and cardholder community. We recommend that Contractors not be precluded from interpreting contract terms and conditions. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q210: The requirement states "Contractor training materials shall be precluded from ...using Government official seals and logos, excluding the card design(s)"... We recommend that Contractors be allowed to use Government logos and seals for training documents provided the Contractor has permission from the agency to do so. Allowing Contractors to use official seals and logos demonstrates and communicates the Agency/Contractor partnership and resulting cooperative support for the program and its cardholders. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q205.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q211: The requirement states "The GSA Contracting Officer will review materials for content and provide written approval/disapproval within 14 calendar days of receipt of the Contractor's materials. Revisions must be submitted to allow sufficient time to re-review without delaying distribution." While there exists a defined timeline for initial review of materials (e.g. 14 days), the requirement lacks a defined turnaround timeframe with regards to re-review. We request a turnaround time limit of 7 calendar days for the GSA Contracting Officer to re-review materials. The recommended re-review timeline of 7 calendar days should provide sufficient time based upon commercial/industry practices. 

ANSWER: No change in the solicitation will be made. The amount of time required for re-review will depend on the number of revisions required. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q212: Guides, combine the various paper guides into one guide that contains the following information: Delivery of Dispute Office Guide, Delivery of Cardholder Guide, Agency/Organization Program Coordination Guide, Designated Billing Office Guide, Dispute Office Guide and Electronic Access Guide. Couldn't our purposes be satisfied with one guide that would lend itself to practicality and efficiency? 

ANSWER: Training materials may be electronic through the Internet or Intranet. No change in the solicitation will be made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q213: C.25.1.c. Cardholder Guide: Does this mean that all cardholders need to have electronic access to review their account and to file disputes? 

ANSWER: If required by the agency, yes. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q214: C.25.3 Designated Billing Office Guide: The requirement states the Designated Billing Office Guide will, at a minimum, include...reconciliation procedures. We request C.25.3, c) be further defined as "reconciliation procedures specific to card contractor processes". By further defining the respective roles of Contractor and TMC/CTO, the involved parties more clearly understand their responsibilities and have potentially more accurate and current information. 

ANSWER: As the contractor will be developing the training materials, it is assumed that the reconciliation procedures will be specific to the particular card contractor and within the terms and conditions of the master contract. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q215: Once the government gives oral instruction to set up an account, is that authorization to proceed or must the contractor wait until it receives written confirmation? 

ANSWER: Once the A/OPC gives oral instruction to set up an account, the contractor may proceed.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q216: Specific questions pertaining to the Designated Billing Office Guide include: To what degree will the GSA and/or specific agencies provide input regarding the content of the Designated Billing Office Guide? Is a separate guide required, or can the procedures be included within the Agency/Organization Program Coordinator Guide? 

ANSWER: GSA or agencies, for master contract purposes, will not provide input into training materials. This guide explains the billing process from the contractor's side--it is not intended to explain government processes for billing. Agencies may, however, request customized training guides that could include agency specific processes as a customized service and priced separately. Separate guides are required. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.26, Personnel

Q217: C.26 Personnel: We do not believe this section should be included in the RFP. The Contractor's performance should be measured against performance as outlined in the contract. We will always be sensitive to the needs of the Government and are confident that our policies and practices regarding employee recruitment, development and retention are consistent with meeting the expectations of the Government. This requirement, particularly the necessity to seek and obtain Government approval for personnel replacements, is inconsistent with standard commercial practice in the fleet card industry. 

ANSWER: Personnel requirements remain unchanged. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q218: Much of this section seems burdensome for the contractor and the Contracting Office without providing any additional value beyond what would normally be considered good customer service. It is in the contractor's best interest to be responsive or the customer can terminate their task order and go elsewhere. (FAR 52.212-4 Addendum #26). It is also in the contractor's best interest to be "user-friendly" r their customer satisfaction rating will slip and make them eligible for termination either of the task order or of the master contract. Requiring a specific point of contact for overall Project Management (master contract oversight) seems reasonable; however, Task Order Managers, Account Coordinators, and EC/EDI Coordinators should be subject to more flexibility. If the agency requires dedicated staff, then that should be part of their task order (and their price structure). Some agencies will not need full-time staff to meet their needs, especially in the Fleet card area. Once past initial implementation, the fleet card program has operated with nominal staff for the entire Government. During the shift from a Government Standard Form (SF149) to a commercial card product, there was an intensive implementation effort -- restructuring of agency policies, procedures, and even organizations. However, we do not anticipate ever again needing that level of implementation support. Our current contract and the master contract require transition assistance which will make task order implementation much easier. 

ANSWER: The solicitation requirements will remain unchanged. Please note that the dedicated personnel services mandatory users. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q219: C.26.2: This section appears to conflict with Paragraph 41, p. 220 ("Key Personnel"). For example, it is unclear whether EC/EDI Coordinators or Account Coordinators are key personnel. Please identify all key personnel required to be identified for this contract. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised to remove EC/EDI from Paragraph 41. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q220: C.26.2 - C.26.3: Key Personnel Categories and Responsibilities: Our personnel categories and division of responsibility differs from those listed by the GSA. Are these categories and responsibilities mandatory or is their flexibility in how we organize work flow between different job categories? 

ANSWER: The categories and responsibilities listed are the Government's requirements for master contract purposes; however, the contractor may propose organizational work flows in their proposal that meet the Government's requirements. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q221: C.26.3 Key Personnel Responsibilities: We recommend that at the end of paragraph a), after "5:00 p.m. Eastern Time" the following should be added: "each business day." 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised as suggested. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Start-Up Implementation Requirements

Q222: C.27 Start-Up Implementation Requirements: For any of the business lines, if an agency does not opt to change the contractor, it is our preference that the cards would automatically be reactivated, without having to reissue them. For those cards that have been canceled due to negligence, unauthorized use, etc., we would like the option of reissuing these cards/accounts. If we select a different contractor, it is our preference to have cards automatically reissued based on the account data transferred by the former contractor to the new contractor. For those cards that have been canceled, we would like the option of reissuing these cards/accounts. 

ANSWER: The current contracts expire November 29, 1998. Accounts must be closed out along with the contract. New cards must be issued regardless of vendor chosen. The final solicitation will be revised to reflect that the agency may provide the contractor with master file information to facilitate transitioning; however, the agency will be responsible for verifying the validity of the file. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q223: Schedule is unrealistic. Ten (10) days is not sufficient to bring up a tailored program. Please advise why such a limited amount of time is given. 

ANSWER: The requirement is for the contractor to contact the A/OPC to develop an implementation schedule. It is NOT to complete the tailored program within 10 days. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q224: C.27.2, Presentation Package: If the presentation packages are available through the Internet and are to include pricing, yet the contractor can withhold any proprietary information, this seems to be a contradiction as pricing would certainly be considered as proprietary. Please clarify this issue. 

ANSWER: Awarded contract line item number prices on Government contracts are generally public information. Internal company cost information, however, is generally not public information. Please clarify what aspects of pricing you consider proprietary.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q225: The package to be made available after Kick-Off Conference does not state specifically that this is the final presentation. Can the GSA clarify whether or not the draft or final presentation which may include proprietary information is expected to be on the Internet? 

ANSWER: The presentation packages provided at the Kick-Off Conference will be the final presentation packages. Note that the presentation packages will be in the public domain. Reference C.27.2.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q226: Presentation Packages: It is not clear whether the Presentation Package referenced here will contain pricing information, or whether the FSSIP (Federal Supply Service Information Package) referenced elsewhere will contain pricing information. Please clarify that the Government will only provide CLIN pricing in either document, not proprietary pricing detail that may be provided to support any CLIN pricing. 

ANSWER: Both the presentation package and FSSIP will contain contract line item number pricing information. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q227: The contractor should be entitled to prepare a detailed presentation package to summarize its own view of the requirements and contractor capabilities. This information will be in compliance with the terms and conditions of the contract and, therefore, align with the review of the contract features in the FSSIP. Since the contractor must abide by the terms of the contract, the requirement for the Government to approve the presentation package seems redundant. 

ANSWER: The requirement for review of contractor presentation packages will remain unchanged. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q228: C.27.3 The draft solicitation states: "After the master ceremony, Contractors may begin marketing to agencies/organizations." In order to maintain a level playing field, it is critical that agencies be prohibited from committing, either verbally or in writing, to any card association or offeror in advance of the kick-off conference. 

ANSWER: GSA will notify all mandatory users of the requirements. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q229: C.27.4, Start Up Implementation Schedule: We need a list of mandatory and non-mandatory users. As an organization who believes in delivering a quality product, we feel that 10 days is not enough time to create a tailored product. 

ANSWER: A list of mandatory users will be provided at the issuance of the final solicitation. The solicitation requires that contractors contact the agencies within 10 days to discuss the implementation schedule. It does not mean that you have to implement agencies within 10 days. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q230: We recommend "subsection c) Card/Account Activation:" be deleted because it is not applicable for fleet card programs. In accordance with standard industry practice, our fleet cards are activated upon encoding of the magnetic stripe; hence any issued card is active. However, our fleet card can only be used if a Driver Access Code is used at the time of the sale - this provides additional security for the GSA and controls initiation of the program. If the GSA needs cards on or before November 30, 1998, our cards will be active upon delivery to agency/organization and issuance of driver access codes to the drivers.  

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q231: We recommend the following be added to the second paragraph at the end of the second sentence: "(provided all appropriate data, including, but not limited to driver, vehicle and account set-up data elements provided by the Government, can be provided by the A/OPC. Otherwise the implementation schedule will be completed when data is available)". 

ANSWER: The language will remain unchanged. The contractor's implementation plan will detail the various steps required to implement a program (e.g., a detailed listing of what the agency must do (submission of program forms, operating system specifications, etc.) and a time line. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q232: C.27.4, Task Order Placement Schedule: The task order placement schedule as documented does not provide distinct windows for each group of Federal agencies. Please consider not having overlapping windows of task order placement. Please also consider that non-mandatory "pooled" task orders be included in the non-mandatory windows of task order submission. Please include the list of mandatory users in the final solicitation issued. 

ANSWER: Windows must overlap to ensure no break in contract coverage as there aren't enough months to have each group implement separately. Non-mandatory pooled task orders will be included in the non-mandatory windows. A list of mandatory users will be provided with the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q233: We request that a final list of mandatory and non-mandatory users be included in the GSA's final solicitation. Please clarify the rules for the two task order pools (mandatory and non-mandatory) that were announced at the 6/16 GSA meeting: Will Contractors be required to accept all GSA-pooled orders from non-mandatory agencies? As stated now, Contractors may decline to accept a standard or tailored task order submitted by a non-mandatory user, but are required to accept all GSA-pooled task orders regardless of mandatory/non-mandatory status (See Addendum 52.212-4, 38.9, Paragraph 2, "The GSA Pool"). As this solicitation is currently written, non-mandatory agencies could pool their standard or tailored task orders and require a Contractor to accept the pooled task order. 

ANSWER: A list of mandatory users will be provided with the final solicitation. Contractors will not be required to accept all GSA pooled orders from non-mandatory users--the final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q234: Please define the effective date of each master contract. Is it the award date, the expiration date of each contract in place or November 30, 1998? 

ANSWER: The effective date is November 30, 1998; however, implementation may begin earlier as indicated in the solicitation to ensure no break in contract coverage. No charges may be charged or processed through these contracts until November 30, 1998. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q235: Requirement C.27.4 specifies that cards shall not be delivered any earlier than November 15, 1998 unless an earlier date is specified in the agency/organization task order. Card implementations often occur in timeframes compressed significantly from what was originally agreed to for the parties. It is essential that the Government permit an alternative mechanism for rolling out cards, permitting signature cards to take the place of the signed cardholder agreement during an agreed-upon implementation period. 

ANSWER: The Contractor will identify implementation processes and timelines as described. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.28 Year 2000 Compliance

Q236: C.28, Year 2000 Compliance: We are happy this change has been made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q237: Requiring year 2000 compliance is critical for ensuring smooth system operations during the life of the contract. 

ANSWER: (Q236 - Q237) No response required. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Transaction Authorizations

Q238: C.29, Transaction Authorizations: Requests reporting for spending at excluded merchants; any unauthorized or denied transactions, spending on certain dates and times. Note that the settlement record does not include time. 

ANSWER: No response required.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q239: We monitor spending patterns to help control fraud and card misuse. Do not penalize us for a merchant who is not set up to send data electronically because we cannot report on it. 

ANSWER: This is not the intent. The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q240: We recommend changing the sentence that begins "Immediate override capabilities..." to "Immediate override capabilities to include programmatic overrides at the card level with expiration dates shall be provided...".  

ANSWER: GSA does not understand the suggestion. Expired cards would be included in "transactions that may otherwise be prohibited." 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q241: In the seventh sentence please change the second parenthesis to read: "(for purchase card only, a purchase split between two or more purchase orders);" 

ANSWER: These are simply examples that are provided. The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q242: This section states: "The Contractor shall monitor account transactions to identify any unusual spending patterns or frequencies (e.g., identifying multiple purchases having the characteristics of a "split purchasing" pattern (a purchase split between two or more purchase orders); alerting to attempted purchases at excluded merchants; flagging purchases that are made on dates and times that are outside of normal cardholder spending patterns) and promptly notify the A/OPC of any unusual spending patterns or frequencies as well as provide this information on the agency's/organization's exception report specified in C.38.2, subparagraph e)." While the Contractor can provide the agency/organization with the appropriate reporting to manage their card programs, the government should consider such "real time" program monitoring as a value-added service. We would also welcome the opportunity to work with any agency Inspector Generals to develop solutions to these issues in support of any Contracts awarded to our issuers. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q243: The most efficient way for a contractor to notify A/OPCs concerning unusual spending patterns is via the exception report. Vendors would need clarification from the GSA on the requirement for prompt notification. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q242. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q244: We request the deletion of "alerting to attempted purchases at excluded merchants." 

ANSWER: See answer to Q242. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q245: Regarding "immediate overrides" for certain declined authorizations, will individual task orders provide after-hour authorization procedures? 

ANSWER: No. The Contractor is required to provide support 24 hours a day, every day of the year.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q246: Section C.29 states "The Contractor shall monitor account transactions...alerting to attempted purchases at excluded merchants..." Merchant exclusion functionality offers additional value primarily for purchase card transactions. To apply this functionality to the travel card could hinder the employees ability to effectively complete a travel assignment. We recommend that the existing requirement be amended to apply exclusively to the purchase card business line and as a value-added to specific travelers or agencies/organizations. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q242. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Authorization Controls

Q247: C.30, Authorization Controls: Default Limit - Is default limit the same as credit limit (applicable to either cardholder or agency/company)? Please provide your definition of this term. 

ANSWER: Contractors may suggest their standard commercial default limits. Default limits should be defined by the industry. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q248: The fleet industry is only now moving toward individualized purchase parameters at the point of sale. Currently, purchases are generally reviewed after the fact using exception reports. In part, this is because Fleet Managers have been reluctant to risk leaving a driver stranded if the appropriate person with over-ride authority was not available. As more and more fleets are moving toward 24 hour maintenance hot-lines, using technology instead of people to answer the phones, the fleet card industry is changing their systems to allow more stringent authorization controls. However, it would be premature to require such controls at this time. The wording should be revised to allow these types of authorization controls rather than require them. OR, require them as soon as they are available to their commercial customers. (The evaluation questionnaire should be able to determine if an offeror already has these controls in place. Market monitoring should reveal when these features are added by those offerors which did not bid the capability.) These could be required at the Task Order level. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q249: Merchant Category Code - In addition to the Merchant Category Code restrictions, agencies need the capability to restrict cardholder buys to a specific merchant(s). This could be accomplished by keying on the merchant's Taxpayer Identification Number. The need for an individual merchant restriction arises in cases where cardholders are restricted to buys from specified requirements contracts. 

ANSWER: Offerors will propose the types of authorization controls provided.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q250: We recommend modifying the last sentence of the first paragraph to read "... has the ability to immediately void cards or driver access codes...".  

ANSWER: Since PINs and driver access codes are part of the card, it is not clear why the requirement should be stated in the manner suggested. If a card is voided, do you mean that PINs or driver access codes are not? 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q251: We recommend that the word "account" be replaced with "account/vehicle/unit" in each of the following subsections: a), b), d).  

ANSWER: Account will be defined under the definitions section in the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q252: We recommend the following be added to subsection c) and subsection e): "Only applicable for the T&E Card Program".  

ANSWER: The final solicitation will include similar clarifying language. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q253: We recommend adding three additional paragraphs of authorization controls: Service Industry daily dollar limit: Each account/vehicle/unit may be assigned a dollar per day per service industry limit by the A/OPC, Service Industry transactions per day limit: Each account/vehicle/unit may be assigned a transaction per day per service industry limit by the A/OPC, Service Industry dollars per transaction limit: Each account/vehicle/unit may be assigned a dollar per transaction per service industry limit by the A/OPC. Service Industry is defined as the following: fuel, fast lube, tire, mechanical, body shop, glass, rental, dealer/OEM, road service and car wash. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will include similar language. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q254: Certain authorization controls defined in C.30 (e.g. transaction dollar, per day and per month limits) are not commercially viable for the travel card business line. While these transaction-based limits provide needed controls for the purchase card business line, to apply the same controls to travel card provides the environment for a significant increase in unintended Point of Sale declines and referrals, potentially delaying or stranding Government travelers mid-mission. We recommend either the existing wording be dropped or amended to apply exclusively to the purchase card business line. Should the GSA not accept the above noted recommendation, please describe if the transaction per day and per month limits pertain to dollars, transaction count, or both. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will include similar language. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q255: Merchant Category Codes must be able to be customized to be merchant specific. 

ANSWER: This is not an industry-wide standard. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Posting of Transactions

Q256: C.31, Posting of Transactions: Each agency should have the option of increasing the number of transactions made by a cardholder (transaction velocity) before the additional verification requirements are imposed. Many of our central purchasing agents make more than 15 purchases during a day and the additional authentication requirements at that level of activity greatly slow down their ability to purchase as they are on the phone explaining to the vendors how they have to do additional steps to verify the purchase. 

ANSWER: This should be included as a requirement at the task order level. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q257: Clarify for GSA - Matching reference number for cardholder is not guaranteed - some Acquirer banks re-use reference numbers until they get a need to change it for uniqueness on a given day. Disputes - merchants to retain receipts for disputes......what about MOTO? 

ANSWER: The solicitation requires the reference number assigned at the time of the original charge OR another identifier that will enable the cardholder to match the original charge with the credit. Please clarify the second question. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q258: Please clarify what is meant by a 'manual' transaction. 

ANSWER: Non-electronic (swiped) transactions that are filled out manually on hand-operated imprinting machines. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q259: Section C.31 states: "Posted credit transactions shall include the reference number assigned at the time of the original charge or another identifier that will enable the cardholder to match the original charge with the credit." This requirement offers increased productivity to the contractor and improves the Government's transaction posting process provided the merchant submits the credit's reference number. As such, we recommend the section be amended to accommodate standard commercial practices as follows: "Posted credit transactions shall include the reference number assigned at the time of the original charge or another identifier that will enable the cardholder to match the original charge with the credit, provided the merchant submits the credit's reference number." 

ANSWER: The language will remain unchanged. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Tax Exempt Status

Q260: C.32, Tax Exempt Status: "Work cooperatively with the government......" What is expected? 

ANSWER: The Government expects contractors to work with us to ensure that merchants and states do not tax card transactions. Offerors should propose what level of assistance they will provide. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q261: The word cooperatively is vague and unenforceable, we recommend it be dropped from this section.

ANSWER: See answer to Q260. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q262: The states are ultimately responsible and accountable for levying sales tax and applying federal exemptions. The state in effect appoints merchants as agents of the state to collect taxes. Please amend the requirement to address these issues. 

ANSWER: These are not contract issues and will not be included. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q263: The cost to the GSA versus the number of people who will accidentally charge tax at the point-of-sale needs to be evaluated prior to mandating such a program. 

ANSWER: The tax issue is one in which the Government feels strongly. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Foreign Currency Conversion

Q264: C.33, Foreign Currency Conversion: No conversion fee - by contractor - what about acquirer, association? 

ANSWER: This cost should be factored into the offeror's proposal to the Government. No separate cost is to be assessed.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q265: We need to see history of foreign exchange dollar volume so that this information can be included in our financial models. 

ANSWER: If available, this information will be provided in the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q266: Can the GSA define favorable conversion rate? 

ANSWER: One that favorable to the Government (i.e., the highest possible exchange for the dollar).  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q267: Please provide an estimate of prior years' foreign exchange dollar volumes. Additionally, what percentage of the government's travel is foreign travel? Bank card issuers need this information as input into their financial models in support of their bids. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q265.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q268: Please provide transaction dollars and volume for non-U.S. purchases by business line. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q265. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q269: For ease in reconciling foreign currency transactions to the statement and original receipt, the GSA should amend this requirement to simply provide the original transaction amount in foreign currency as well as the US dollar equivalent. 

ANSWER: The solicitation will remain unchanged.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q270: Association rules mandate a 1% charge for foreign currency conversion. This cannot be waived. If a card issuer elected to absorb the cost, extensive system changes will be required to prevent the fee from being assessed. Our recommendation is to make waiver of the foreign currency conversion fee an option and to allow some issuers to retain the fee, but make up for it with a higher rebate. 

ANSWER: This cost should be factored into the offeror's proposal to the Government. No separate cost is to be assessed.  

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Program and Transaction Data

Q271: C.34 Program and Transaction Data: GSA should harmonize the various Draft RFP provisions dealing with access to Government Card Program information. As currently written, Section C.34 of the Draft dealing with "Program and Transaction Data" narrowly restricts contractor disclosure of Government Card Program information to "only authorized individuals designated by the A/OPC, in writing" and only to the "inquiring agency/organization and subsequent level" (see RFP at p.92). Other contract provisions establish affirmative contractor obligations regarding disclosure to particular branches of the Government, such as requiring disclosure to "any authorized investigative unit...of the US Government" (see RFP at p.73) and to the Comptroller General (see RFP at p. 253-254). Still another Draft RFP provision - Section C.22 at p. 78- restricts release or use of Government Card Program information "except as otherwise specifically provided in the contract." None of the provisions recognize that broader disclosure of Government Card Program information may be allowed or required by law (such as under the Privacy Act of the Freedom of Information Act) or by judicial or quasi-judicial order, rule or procedures (such as a civil or grand jury subpoena). Like section C.22, section C.34 relating to "Program and Transaction Data" should be modified to clarify that the restrictions set forth therein apply generally, but do not prohibit disclosures otherwise authorized elsewhere in the Draft RFP. Sections C.22 and C.34 both should be modified to allow disclosures authorized or required by law, or by any judicial or quasi-judicial order, rule or procedure. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q148. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q272: Section C.34 begins with "The Contractor shall provide, at a minimum, its Level III platform for program and transaction data and forward all data received from merchants and obtained by the Contractor to the Government." We recommend this sentence be amended to read "The Contractor shall forward data received from merchants. This includes Level III data provided the specific merchant has the ability to provide such transaction detail." Our recommended language focuses the acquisition and management of data on those select merchants who can accommodate Level III detail capture. 

ANSWER: The sentence will remain unchanged. The Government prefers offerors that actively recruit data in lieu of those offerors that simply wait for the merchant to pass it. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q273: C.34.1 Electronic Access to Program and Transaction Data: In other sections of the Draft Solicitation, the topics of cardholder ability to access program material/information, dispute charges, etc. is addressed, while Section C.34.1 does not address the Government's requirements for card data viewing either from an access or a Privacy Act viewpoint. Please define the Government's requirements for Contractors in providing cardholders electronic access to account information. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q274: "Provide the ability to dispute transactions electronically as well as track transactions from the time of charge through final resolution of the charge." Are customers protected equally if they dispute a charge electronically rather than in writing? Does this include E-mail? 

ANSWER: GSA is researching this issue. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q275: C.34.1: Change the term "on-line" to "electronically". In this context, on-line seems to connote live data. It is unlikely that any contractor for any business line will provide access to live transaction data. Delayed access is more likely. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q276: Recommend a one week maximum delay in providing transaction data electronically. That is, data must be accessible within one week of transaction posting by the contractor. The contractor should be allowed to provide their commercial terms for the length of time data remains available (e.g., one month's worth of data, two month's, three month's, etc.). 

ANSWER: How current the transaction data is will be a matter of competition. The final solicitation will be revised to reflect the length of time data remains available. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q277: (b) Ability to sort by ANY field seems unreasonable. 

ANSWER: The solicitation will remain unchanged. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q278: (h) The Fleet Card would need to have the Equipment Identification (vehicle tag number) as a selection criteria since costs are tracked by vehicle. 

ANSWER: The solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q279: (h) Billing address is too vague -- computers cannot identify addresses unless they are exactly the same. Selection criteria should be something more specific and less prone to typographical differences (e.g., zip code). 

ANSWER: The solicitation will be remain unchanged. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q280: Please address the following: If the Internet is used for electronic access, is the Government or Contractor responsible for providing access and paying costs for the Internet service provider? Since most agencies already have an Internet service provider, we recommend that the agencies/organizations be responsible. 

ANSWER: If the Internet is used, the Contractor is responsible for providing access, etc., for the Contractor's own Internet access and service provider. Agencies must provide any underlying operating system to access the Internet. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q281: The contractor must provide the file layout for each of these files to the agency prior to the startup of the program. The contractor must either use a unique naming scheme for each type of file or, the file type must be defined within the file in each record. File names must also be established prior to the startup of the program and must remain consistent, unless the agency is notified 30 days in advance that the file names will be changed. This is required so that the customer can perform downloads and uploads of these files programmatically, without human intervention. For example, it is NOT acceptable to have the file with the Transaction Data (the statement of account) name Stuff01 one day and then have the Invoice data be named Stuff01 another day. It is acceptable to have both Transaction data and Invoice data in the same file, only if each record in the file defines whether the data is transaction or invoice data. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will include language that requires offerors to provide file layouts. Specific requirements should be noted in the agency task order. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q282: We recommend the following modification to the fourth sentence in the first paragraph: This does not include providing any underlying operating system (e.g., UNIX, OS/2, Macintosh, DOS, or Windows), commercially available web browser software (e.g., Netscape Navigator, Microsoft Internet Explorer), or computer hardware. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q283: The following comments are in regards to Section C.34, C.34.1, C.34.6 and C.38: We have significant security concerns regarding the availability of our transaction data online and its availability to the GSA Contracting Officer. Due to our protection responsibilities, we do not release transaction level detail. If any data is released at this level, it is classified data and is so annotated. In addition, we have concerns on the release of program and transaction data governed under the Freedom of Information Act. The disclosure of the Service's data should be controlled by the Service based upon the Freedom of Information Act Section 6 (C) (b) which exempts certain matters that are: (2) related solely to the internal personnel rules and practices of an agency; (7) (E) would disclose techniques and procedures for law enforcement investigations or prosecutions, or would disclose guidelines for law enforcement investigations or prosecutions if such disclosure could reasonably be expected to risk circumvention of the law, or; (7) (F) could reasonably be expected to endanger the life or physical safety of any individual. 

ANSWER: This is not a change from the current contract. The release of program and transaction data is governed by the Freedom of Information Act. The GSA will work with agencies concerned about security issues. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q284: C.34.2 Agency/Organization Program Information: We recommend that the language be changed to read: "Upon issuance of the task order, the agencies shall be responsible for providing a list of names, addresses, telephone/facsimile numbers, and e-mail addresses for key personnel listed below, including changes as they occur...The contractor will subsequently be responsible for maintaining the list and keeping the list current. " 

ANSWER: No change will be made. The contractor's program forms should capture the required information. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q285: Define "regularly" and state to whom this information is to be reported. 

ANSWER: Monthly (see C.39, GSA Contracting Office reports). 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q286: Agency/Organization Program Information - Account reconciliation appears to fall under the responsibility of the Designated Billing Office and the Transaction Dispute Office. Will there be a primary contact for the contractor? How will the TDO ensure that the DBO includes re-payment of disputed items where support and/or resolution has occurred? 

ANSWER: See answer to Q118. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q287: C.34.5 Master File: To obtain a reporting system which accommodates large, decentralized agencies, the following addition is needed: The portion of the master file containing, "Agency/organization/department, bureau and component name and address;" needs to be expanded to allow for summary reports at an additional hierarchical level. For instance, we are structured as follows: Bureau, Component (Region), Sub-component (function/district). An additional tier is needed to satisfy our reporting requirements at the Regional levels. We believe numerous other agencies could benefit from a structure which adds a sub-component level. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised to make this more clear. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q288: ...In batch electronic uploads. The contractor must provide the file layout of each of these files to the agency prior to the startup of the program. The contractor must either use a unique naming scheme for each type of file or, the file type must be defined within the file in each record. File names must also be established prior to the startup of the program and must remain consistent, unless the agency is notified 30 days in advance that the file names will be changed. This is required so that the customer can perform downloads and uploads of these files programmatically, without human intervention. For example, it is NOT acceptable to have the file with the Transaction Data (the statement of account) name Stuff01 one day and then have the Invoice data be named Stuff01 another day. It is acceptable to have both data in the same file, only if each record in the file defines whether the data is transaction or invoice data. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q281. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q289: Add: to substantially improve the card programs, program and transaction data should be available on-line and up to the minute. This would eliminate the need to make telephone inquiries for account information, which we currently have to do on a daily basis.  

ANSWER: The solicitation prefers data to be current and will be defined in the final solicitation as previous day's data. There are security issues with requiring real-time access to contractor systems as noted by several industry participants. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q290: We recommend that the following be added to paragraph three: "(Only applicable to T&E Card Program)". 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q291: Can the government provide additional information about GSA requirement: "Minimum 30 digit alpha numeric field per five line work address" ? We can provide for 2 lines of street address, plus city, state, country and internal address fields. Does the government require the fine 30 digit lines to be free form, or could the current address field format meet their requirements? 

ANSWER: Addressing to ensure proper and timely delivery to the Government requires a great deal of detail (e.g., bureaus, offices, divisions, floors, mail stops, room numbers, etc.) and foreign addresses have been historically abbreviated to render them useless. Thus, we require the minimum 30-digit alphanumeric field. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q292: Section C.34.5 begins "The Contractor shall develop, maintain and update a master file for each cardholder, A/OPC, Designated Billing Office, Transaction Dispute Office, EC/EDI Office, and Report Office, on-line." This requirement needs to clarify specific inter-relationships. For example: Do multiple cardholders relate to one A/OPC and a Designated Billing Office and a Transaction Dispute Office and a EC/EDI office and a Report Office? Do multiple cardholders relate to one A/OPC or a Designated Billing Office or a Transaction Dispute Office or a EC/EDI office or a Report Office? Do multiple cardholders relate to one A/OPC with multiple A/OPC's relating to one Designated Billing Office? Do multiple cardholders relate to an A/OPC while centrally billed accounts relate to a Designated Billing Office? 

ANSWER: Yes to all questions. Generally, there are different hierarchies of A/OPCs. Lower levels are generally operational for the agency while higher levels manage card programs at an overall level. Not all agencies use all listed offices, but instead, combine functions together. DBOs, TDOs and EC/EDIs generally support A/OPCs and not the cardholder, but not in all cases. See answer to Q118. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q293: The data elements for name and for five-line work address are on separate lines. Does this mean that an address must constitute six lines total, name included, or five lines total, name included? 

ANSWER: Five lines total. The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q294: C.34.5.1 Card Specific Information: The title to this Section should read "Account or Card Specific Information:" Also; each place within this section where "Cardholder" is referenced should read "Account/Cardholder". 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q295: Standard commercial practice is a 4-line work address. What is the business need for a 5-line work address? 

ANSWER: See answer to Q293. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q296: C.34.5.1 Fleet Card Specific: Does the term "Master Accounting Code" refer to the 46 digits made available for agency use? The statement currently says 64. 

ANSWER: The Department of Defense has indicated it requires 64 digits to be available for master accounting code.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q297: C.34.5.1: Because cards are assigned to vehicles rather than people, there is no "cardholder" information for the fleet card, only agency information. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q298: C.34.5.1 (i): What is the master accounting code? 

ANSWER: The master accounting code denotes which internal accounting code the cardholder's purchases should be charged to.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q300: C.34.5.1 (i): How often will the electronic address be available? Will vendors have any options to accommodate the electronic address? 

ANSWER: The availability of electronic addresses are not known. They will be specified at the task order level. Please clarify what options are referenced.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q301: C.34.5.1 (i): The contractor shall provide electronic access to each participating A/OPC to enable program implementation and program management to include but not be limited to sorting, reviewing and manipulation of transaction data. Does this include the manipulation of data fields that contain charge information? 

ANSWER: Please clarify the question. The Government expects the ability to manipulate accounting code data for the charge, etc.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q302: C.34.5.1-6 Master File - (Card, Agency/Organization, DBO, TDO, EO, Report) Specific Information: The requirement states that agency name and address must be included for each level of reporting. There are several alternatives to maintaining redundant data at different hierarchy levels. It will be more efficient from a data processing and management perspective to identify agencies and locations with a unique identification code. Contractors can provide efficiency alternatives to assist the Government in streamlining, coding and managing critical information within the Master File.  

ANSWER: What are the alternatives and will they accomplish the requirements listed in C.34.1?  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q303: Please provide clarification on the purpose of maintaining the master accounting code. Will the agency/organization use the master accounting code for automatic application to the General Ledger/Accounts Payable system? Will each card be hard-coded to a specific G/L code? 

ANSWER: The master accounting code is generally used to key purchases to internal coding structures so that the appropriate "bucket" of money is charged. Agency's may use the code for automatic application and may hard-code each card to specific codes. This will be identified at the task order level. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q304: Please define the following the following numbers, give examples, and provide limits to character length for the following: Agency/Organization Number for Agency/Organization Program Coordinator; Agency/Organization Number for Designated Billing Office; Agency/Organization Number for Transaction Dispute Office; Agency/Organization Number for EC/EDI Office; Transaction Data Element "Accounting Code." 

ANSWER: Agency/organization identifying numbers are provided in Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) 95-1. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q305: C.34.5.6 This section states, "NOTE - This is the record of address(es) to which reports is to be distributed for each card. (Contact name, report title/number, report address, phone & fax)" What is meant by reports for each card? 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. This is simply the entity/address where the reports should be sent. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q306: C.34.6 Transaction Data: Since the Agency/organization names and identifying numbers are already in the cardholder's master file, it is unclear why they need to be "recorded" for each purchase. However, the feasibility of a data sort by Agency/Organization, as well as by Components and Sub-components are needed for each transaction. 

ANSWER: No response required.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q307: C.34.6 Transaction Data: Includes TIN but does not require the corporate status of the merchant. For Form 1099 requirements, the bidders must know this status because the form is not filed on corporations. They are excluded. 

ANSWER: 1099 status is provided in the draft solicitation at reference C.34.6.1, subparagraph o).  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = 

Q308: Requires the merchant category code. As stated elsewhere, this does not separate reportable from nonreportable transactions for the Form 1099 requirements. Also as stated under fleet above, the corporate status is not listed as a transaction data element. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q307.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q309: It is extremely difficult to get accurate report data from a purchase made with a Travelers Check. No effective audit trail is established with this purchasing method. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised to clarify this.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q310: Transaction Data Elements: We recommend that the following items either be deleted or marked as not applicable to the Fleet Card Program: y) Ship to/from zip codes; z) Freight amount; aa) Duty amount; bb) Order date; dd) Order number. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q311: Reference C.34.6.1 & CA9.2 The general data elements required in C.34.6.1 when added to the specific elements required in CA.9.2 total more than 50 items. Are that many elements needed by the government for fuel purchases that typically range from $15-$30? 

ANSWER: The required transaction data will be stated in the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q312: C.34.6.1 Transaction Data for Travelers Checks: Extremely limited information is available regarding purchases made with Traveler's Checks. The merchant name and date of the transaction are available only on an exception basis (such as an investigation). Elements e, j through ee are not available.

ANSWER: See answer to Q309. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q313: Please provide clarification on whether requirements in C.34.6.1 refers to the purchase of Travelers Checks? Or purchases made with Travelers checks? 

ANSWER: Purchases made with travelers checks. See answer to Q309. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q314: C.34.6.1(m) Master Accounting Code must be a mandatory field. Also need to make sure that a field representing the unique customer field is referenced. dd) reflects order number, and that may cover it, but a field must be available to support a purchase order or other unique identifying number, specified by the orderer, that becomes part of the transaction for reconciliation purposes. That unique number should also print on the paper statement of account supplied by the contractor. 

ANSWER: The accounting code is a mandatory field-however, receipt of the accounting code data is dependent upon the merchant's ability to capture the data at the point-of-sale. A unique customer field is included in subparagraph dd) of the draft solicitation. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Centrally Billed Card Program Accounts

Q315: C.35 Standard commercial practice utilizes date of birth, social security number and mothers maiden name in card activation and customer service security procedures. The draft specifies that no personal information on cardholders will be provided other than name/address. What methods are suggested, if standard commercial practices are not to be used? 

ANSWER: Card activation procedures will be up to the offeror to propose. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q316: C.35.1 The requirements state a need for single account numbers with multiple sub-accounts. What is the business need for this requirement? Please provide an example. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q317: C.35.1.d) Please define what is meant by single account numbers with multiple subaccounts. Provide examples. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q318: Regarding multiple accounts in paragraph d, please clarify how these accounts would be used by the government. Standard industry practice is to assign one unique account number to an individual. 

ANSWER: (Q316 - Q318) One centrally billed account number with multiple sub-accounts are used by the Government for a variety of reasons-cost separation, multiple users, etc.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q319: C.35.2 Card/Cardless Issuance and Delivery for Centrally Billed Accounts: We recommend that paragraph b) be modified as follows: "...within three (3) business days or a time agreed upon between the Contractor and agency/organization of receipt of the completed program forms." 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q320: Standard commercial practice necessitates a cutoff time, for example, 3 p.m. EST to meet processing and courier deadlines. In order to meet 24 hour turn-around for card replacement upon request, what cutoff time is suggested? 

ANSWER: (Q319 - Q320) The final solicitation will be similarly revised to include a cut-off time. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q321: C.35.3 Emergency Account Set-Up and Card Delivery: The second paragraph refers to setting up an account upon oral instruction with confirmation to follow in three business days. Is the confirmation in writing? Does the Contractor or the Government provide confirmation? What are the ramifications of not receiving such confirmation, if any? 

ANSWER: Confirmation is provided by the A/OPC in writing. The ramifications may include unauthorized set up an account.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q322: C.35.5, Card Renewal: Recommend that contractors be required to automatically renew only cards that have been used within the past 90 days (unless cancellation is requested by the agency). Inactive cards should be automatically deleted unless a renewal request is received by the agency. The contractor must provide a list of all cards in either category (active/inactive) to the agency 90 days prior to expiration. Historically many Fleet card customers only review their card inventory at expiration time. Otherwise, they just keep adding new cards as vehicles come into their fleets without deleting the cards for vehicles that have been removed. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q323: C.35.6 Card activation is considered standard commercial practice for verification of receipt of card. Is card activation is an acceptable method? If not, what are the methods considered acceptable by the GSA? 

ANSWER: The Contractor needs to identify how it will verify receipt of a card. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q324: C.35.7 Invoicing: For compatibility with the Treasury Automated Financial System (AFS), the Contractor's invoice reference number must be limited to 18 characters. This limitation is mandatory for reconciliation and payment tracking. 

ANSWER: This should be specified in the agency's task order.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q325: The provision for C.35.7 which provides that an agency's receipt of invoice allow ample time from each billing cycle for reconciliation and payment activities is ambiguous and might create a condition that conflicts with the requirements of the Prompt Payment Act. Under the Act, date of invoice receipt is the date the invoice is first submitted by the contractor (see FAR 32.902). If it is the Government's intent to establish a payment due date that contemplates completion of reconcilement and payment activities (e.g., 60 days after receipt of invoice receipt), then the provision would likely be regarded as inconsistent with the Act and the implementing regulations under OMB Circular A-125 and FAR Subpart 32.9. More importantly, it could result in either higher costs to the Government for the services sought or create unacceptable performance risk for the offerors who must carefully consider the investment carrying costs. It is suggested that C.35.7 be changed to read as follows: The contractor shall send a proper invoice to the designated billing office for each centrally billed account promptly after the end of each billing cycle. For purposes of the Prompt Payment Act, the date of invoice receipt shall be the date the invoice is first submitted to the designated billing office and will not be affected by the amount of time taken by the Government to complete reconciliation and payment processes. 

ANSWER: The due date is not the date the invoice is first submitted by the contractor (FAR 32.902). Please reference 32.905 which states in part: "The due date for making an invoice payment by the designated payment office shall be as follows: (1) The 30th day after the designated billing office has received a proper invoice... (2) If the designated billing office fails to annotate the invoice with the actual date of receipt at the time of receipt, the invoice payment due date shall be the 30th day after the date of the contractor's invoice, provider a proper invoice is received...". For purposes of taking a discount for prompt payment in conjunction with the clause 52.232-8, the due date is calculated from the date of the contractor's invoice or if the contractor has not placed a date on the invoice, the due date is calculated from the date the designated billing office receives a proper invoice. FAR 32.903(d) requires agencies to ensure, when specifying due dates, that full consideration is given to the time reasonably required by Government officials to fulfill their administrative responsibilities under the contract. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q326: C.35.7 Must require that the electronic data file that contains the daily transactions, both debits and credits, be the "Official Invoice" file to prevent discrepancies between the transaction file and the official invoice file. The ability for the contractor to invoice on a daily basis must be a core requirement. 

ANSWER: The solicitation provides for alternative billing frequencies. Specific requirements should be included in the agency task order.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q327: Frequency of Invoicing: Billing frequency - Daily and Weekly! This can impact collection buckets unless they stay on a monthly cycle for balances, roll ups etc. 

ANSWER: Agencies may require shorter billing cycles, alternate billing cycles and/or alternate levels of billing and will so state and request pricing in their task order.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q328: The last sentence states: "The Contractor shall provide shorter billing cycles (e.g. daily, weekly), alternate billing cycles, and/or alternate levels of billing as requested by the agency/organization and priced in their task order." For clarity, we recommend changing the sentence as follows: "Each agency may choose to customize billing to meet internal reporting requirements. More frequent cycle cut-offs than the standard 25-30 days will be provided through electronic billing procedures. Contractors may charge a programming fee to accommodate customized billing statements." 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q329: Medium(s) of Invoicing: We recommend removing the 5.25" diskette requirement and adding DAT as an option. 

ANSWER: Other mediums are already provided for in the solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q330: We suggest changing "non-EDI based electronic invoicing" to "a mutually agreed upon non-EDI format." This change will provide flexibility to the agencies/organizations and the contractor and enable the contractor to provide information to the agencies/organizations in a useful format.  

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q331: Invoices: 3) Please clarify what is to be provided for the "methodology" of conversion rate. 

ANSWER: How the rate was calculated and on what basis.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q332: What constitutes "receipt" of invoice for an electronic invoice? There currently is no commercial standard, we suggest using "24 hours after electronic transmission of invoices or the next business day". 

ANSWER: The solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q333: C.35.8 Billing Discrepancies: We recommend that the second sentence of the first paragraph be modified as follows: "...to notify the Contractor of any items in dispute within 30 calendar days of receipt of the invoice." 

ANSWER: The language will remain unchanged. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q334: This section indicates a requirement for the Contractor to accept notification of the transaction dispute by electronic access, telephone or other means. The requirement should clearly state this is for notification only and that the Contractor, based on banking regulations and card association operating rules, requires the detail of the dispute must be in writing, by mail or fax, in order to complete the resolution of the dispute. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = 

Q335: Standard commercial practice is 60-calendar days from the billing cycle date for those items that are in dispute. C.35.8 states: "It is the agency/organization's responsibility to notify the Contractor of any items in dispute within 60 calendar days of receipt of the invoice." What is the current practice under the existing contracts? 

ANSWER: The current practice requires disputes to be filed within 60 days of the invoice date on which the billing of the transaction occurred. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q336: Please incorporate the following stipulation in the requirement: "The Contractor shall resolve billing discrepancies on central bill accounts for charges made to common carriers. The Contractor shall assist agencies in resolving other merchant disputes, however, final responsibility lies with the agency. If centrally billed accounts are used for travel with companies that are not common carriers (e.g., limousine companies) or if the agency wants special conditions on a hotel central bill, an addendum to the contract agreement shall be mutually agreed upon between the contractors and the Government." 

ANSWER: This change will not be made, although the final solicitation will include clarifying language. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q337: C.35.8b) Please explain what is "sufficient data to identify charge." 

ANSWER: Any and all data elements that the Contractor was capable of capturing for a given transaction that would meet the requirement.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q338: C.35.8.h Billing Discrepancies: It is not common commercial practice to include complete transaction data for rebilled charges. Therefore, complete transaction data is not always available for rebilling. We recommend changing the sentence to read: "...itemized separately and Contractor will include transaction data if available and/or cross reference transaction data (e.g., include the ticket number so that the original transaction data can be cross referenced)". 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q339: C.35.9 Reconciliation Assistance: The level of assistance required of contractors is open-ended with respect to time and staff resources. Since this assistance constitutes a cost to the contractor that is not definable, this section should be deleted and such reconciliation services be considered a priced Tier 2 - Value Added Service. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q340: C.35.10 Payment Processing: In order to minimize mis-posted remittances and simplify reconciliation, the agency must specify the breakdown of payment between past-due balance, current balance, and Prompt Pay. If they do not specify, all payments will be posted to the principal including the current balance. 

ANSWER: Reference C.35.11. If the agency specifies instructions for applying payment, the contractor shall comply with those instructions. The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q341: Debt collection activities normally require that any payments received for past due invoices be applied first to interest and then to the principal amount. We question why GSA has taken a different approach by reversing the sequence and applying any payments received to the principal amount first. 

ANSWER: The requirements will remain unchanged. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q342: C.35.11 Settlement Centrally Billed Accounts: We believe that allowing individual agencies to dictate payment application protocols would result in significant difficulties and delays, as well as an increased likelihood of error. It would create the need for manual cash application, eliminating the efficiencies offered by commercial lock-box solutions. The Contractor's ability to perform a standard reconciliation of payments would be jeopardized. This would also create an unnecessary administrative burden on the agencies to develop such protocols. The fourth and fifth sentences in the first paragraph should be eliminated and replaced with the following to correct this issue: "The Government shall develop a payment application standard detailing the method to be used by the Contractor (e.g. against specific invoices, product sequence, etc.). The Contractor shall develop procedures to ensure proper distribution of payments in accordance with such standard." 

ANSWER: See answer to Q340. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q343: Please clarify what requirement is intended with respect to agencies specifying instructions to apply payment. 

ANSWER: Agencies may provide a variety of payment instruction to include previous invoices, current invoices, partial payments, etc. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q344: The provision at C.35.11 requires that the Contractor be paid in accordance with the Prompt Payment Act. The solicitation, however, is ambiguous on what constitutes the date of invoice receipt and payment due date. It is suggested that the following be added to C.35.11: "For the purposes of this contract, the payment due date shall be the 30th day after either (1) the date the invoice is received by the billing office designated in section 35 of the Addendum to the clause at 52-215-4 or (2) the 7th day after the close of an agency's billing cycle, whichever is later. If an agency fails to annotate the invoice with the date of receipt, then the date of receipt is the date of the invoice." 

ANSWER: The Prompt Payment Act is included in the solicitation and defines receipt of invoice. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.36/C.37, Suspension Procedures/Cancellation Procedures

Q345: C.36 - Please clarify 45 day suspension from billing date versus the 30 day prompt pay for receipt of invoice. Will the GSA accept the credit card industry definition of the term "disputed item" ? If so, can it be included in the RFP? 

ANSWER: One is for suspension purposes, the other is for prompt payment purposes. The respondent did not provide a definition for review. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q346: C.36 and C.37 (CB.18-19) If the Bank decides not to initiate suspension/cancellation of any account, individual, or central bill, does it give up its right to do so at a later time? Assuming the answer to above is no, how much time must lapse after the issuer waives suspension/cancellation before it can initiate suspension/cancellation procedures? 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will provide direction on this. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q347: C.36 Suspension Procedures for Centrally Billed Accounts: We recommend that the phrase: "or the Prompt Payment Act interest" be added after every mention of the principal amount, as suspension should be able to occur if the Prompt Payment Act interest is not current as well as for outstanding principal balances. 

ANSWER: The solicitation will remain unchanged. The Prompt Payment Act provides for an automatic payment of interest on centrally billed accounts. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q348: C.36-37 Suspension/Cancellation Procedures for Centrally Billed Accounts: It is not common industry practice to charge reactivation and reinstatement fees for centrally billed accounts.  

ANSWER: GSA appreciates your input. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q349: C.36.2, Reinstatement of Centrally Billed Suspended Accounts: What is the Prompt Payment Act interest? What is the rate? How is it calculated? 

ANSWER: Please reference FAR Clause 52.232-25, Prompt Payment and OMB Circular A-125 for detailed information. Basically, the Prompt Payment Act interest is a penalty assessed against the Government for late payment as defined in the clause. In accordance with the clause, the interest penalty is at a rate established by the Secretary of the Treasury under Section 12 of the Contract Disputes Act of 1978 (41 U.S.C. 611) and called the Renegotiation Board Interest Rate. It is published in the Federal Register semi-annually on or about January 1 and July 1. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q350: C.36.3 Please clarify what "documentation described in C.36" must be on file. 

ANSWER: The letter and/or documented phone call as described in the first paragraph of C.36. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q351: C.37 Cancellation Procedures for Centrally Billed Accounts: Could you please define "closing date"? 

ANSWER: The closing date is the cut-off date for which charges are processed for the billing cycle. This cut-off date is assigned by the Contractor to the account. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q352: In reference to cancellation procedures for centrally/individually billed accounts, we take no exception to a contractor canceling an account that has been suspended two times during a 12 month period and is past due again. However, consideration should be given as to the time that had elapsed between the second suspension and the third occurrence for late payment. If there was a significant time gap, e.g. a one year time span or more between the second and third events, perhaps cancellation is not warranted. 

ANSWER: Contractors are not required to cancel accounts and will likely consider account history and circumstances prior to initiating account cancellation. The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q353: We recommend that the phrase: "or the Prompt Payment Act interest" be added after every mention of the principal amount, as cancellation should be able to occur if the Prompt Payment Act interest is not current as well as for outstanding principal balances. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q347. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q354: C.37.2 Except for late fees being billable on canceled accounts, there seems to be little distinction between canceling and suspending accounts, if reinstatement is expected upon payment in either case. What is the business rationale between these two? 

ANSWER: Reinstatement of canceled accounts are at the contractor's discretion. Reinstatement of suspended accounts are automatic upon payment of undisputed principal amounts and Prompt Payment Act interest.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q355: Contractors should not have the option of reinstating centrally/individually billed canceled accounts after undisputed principal and interest have been paid; agency program coordinators should have this authority. 

ANSWER: The solicitation language will remain unchanged. This is to mitigate risk to the contractor. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Agency Reporting Requirements

Q356: C.38 Agency Reporting Requirements: States that bidders shall provide their level 3 platform and that we recognize most merchants are at level 1 and/or 2. We need to specify in the contract that when Level 3 data is available, we need as a data element the type of specific purchase (i.e., goods, services, rent, etc.). 

ANSWER: Line item detail is already included.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q357: Will the Government agencies/organizations request the Contractor to provide multiple mediums (paper & electronic)? If so, can we recoup incremental costs, if applicable, in our pricing to an agency? 

ANSWER: It is possible that agencies may request both. Some parts of the agency may be more automated than others. You may not charge additional costs for paper reports. You may offer a more attractive productivity refund if an agency receives solely electronic reports, etc. All costs should be factored into the pricing offered at the master contract level.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q358: For the travel card program, "Reports shall correspond with the agency billing cycle (i.e., daily means daily reports, weekly cycle means weekly reports, monthly cycle means monthly reports, etc." This requirement forces agencies that need up to the minute information to forfeit monthly reports, if daily or weekly is selected, which are necessary to monitor agency progress on a monthly basis. Agencies should have the option in each business line to select the cycle (daily, weekly, or monthly) of electronic access and the reporting requirements that meet their needs. 

ANSWER: The draft solicitation continues with "...[u]nless otherwise specified by the agency/organization. The option already exists.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q359: We request the GSA to consider the need for each of the reports that are being requested/required for the Agencies within this section. We believe the need should be determined by "line of business". We have never been asked to provide certain of the reports within this section to the GSA Fleets (IFMS or NON-IFMS), nor have we ever been asked for these reports in the private sector. For example, we have never been asked to provide the following reports: Invoice Status Report, Master File Report, Account Change Report, Current Accounts Report, 1099 Report, 1057 Report, Payment Performance and Refund Report, Write-off Report, Summary Quarterly Merchant Report, Summary Quarterly Vendor Analysis Report, Summary Quarterly Vendor Ranking Report. We believe that many of these reports are unnecessary for the fleet line of business and will add unnecessary cost to the Fleet Card Program for the GSA. As you consider the need for each of the reports in this section, we ask that you make them applicable to the appropriate card program. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q360: The requirement that report information must coincide with invoice and transaction information does not account for the fact that hierarchy changes are constant, which means that any report is a 'snapshot in time', and can therefore vary from invoice and transaction data information. This requirement should state that "Standard report information must coincide with invoice information and transaction data information". 

ANSWER: Please clarify this suggestion. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =

Q361: In regards to MIS reporting requirements, will MIS data be summarized at the agency level as well as other levels? 

ANSWER: Yes. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q362: C.38.1 Essential Reports: We recommend that the words "may be requested" be inserted in the place of "are required" within the first sentence so that it reads: "The following reports may or may not be commercially standard reports but may be requested for all agencies/organizations." 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q363: C.38.1 b) Invoice Status Report: We recommend that the words "(not applicable to the Fleet Line of Business)" be inserted at the beginning of this paragraph. This requirement is not applicable to the fleet business. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q359. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = 

Q364: C.38.1 (b) - Invoice Status Report - Can the government clarify what invoice they are referring to? Is this the invoice from the bank to the agency for service fees? Is it the invoice from the service provider (like airline) to the agency receiving the service (i.e. detail cardholder bill)? Who provides/assigns the invoice number? What other data do they require to identify the charge? 

ANSWER: The invoice status report lists outstanding invoices (i.e., delinquent amounts). The invoice number is provided by the card service provider. Amount due, amount disputed, transaction detail from the outstanding amounts would assist in identifying the charge. The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =

Q365: C.38.1(c) Essential Reports: It is not standard commercial practice to prepare separate Transaction Dispute reports for individual liability cards. Transaction disputes for individual accounts should be managed, reconciled and resolved between the cardholder and the Contractor. The Contractor has the resources to coordinate with the cardholder in tracking and resolving all transaction disputes. This report should be deleted from the requirement list because it is not a standard commercially available report. 

ANSWER: No change will be made. The requirement is to segregate the individually billed accounts (not to provide a separate report). This can be accomplished using the account numbering and prefix requirements stated in the solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q366: C.38.1 d) Pre-Suspension/Pre-Cancellation Report: We recommend that the words "(not applicable to the Fleet Line of Business)" be inserted at the beginning of this paragraph. This requirement is not applicable to the fleet business. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q359. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q367: C.38.2 Other Agency Reports: Please clarify that the 1099 report and the 1057 report are for purchase and fleet card only. If not, please clarify the need for this information for the travel card program. These two reports do not have applicability to the travel card program and should be deleted as an overall requirement and placed in the purchase and fleet card report requirements.  

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q368: In light of our desire for electronic information, why are we asking for so much paper? Many of these reports seem redundant, and even unnecessary if the data is available on-line. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q369: It is impractical and EXPENSIVE for a contractor to be expected to provide daily or even weekly reports in a paper, diskette, or magnetic tape format yet the solicitation requires that possibility. (It could take more than one person employed full-time just to mail the reports.) For any reporting or invoicing that frequent, the contractor should only be required to use electronic file transfer methods (e.g., direct link, FTP, EC/EDI). 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q370: Invoice Status Report -- Since this report requires all transaction data for every invoice, isn't this just a duplicate invoice? And since it seems to be on-going, the file would just get bigger and bigger until it was unmanageable. Shouldn't the DBO already know the status of their invoices? 

ANSWER: See answer to Q364. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q371: The Pre-Suspension/Pre-Cancellation Report could be combined with the Suspension/Cancellation Report. 

ANSWER: No change will be made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q372: The Delinquency Report could be combined with the Pre/Post Suspension and Cancellation Reports. 

ANSWER: No change will be made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q373: Account Change Report could be combined with the Master File Report. 

ANSWER: No change will be made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q374: Exception Report -- This report seems a mis-mash of other reports, part Master File Report (inventory control), part Account Activity Report, and part a true Exception Report. This report should be limited to unusual or questionable transactions. In the fleet card industry, the customer sets the parameters to determine which transactions will be flagged for reporting. 

ANSWER: This report is for the exceptions. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q375: We cannot require the 1099 and 1057 report if the data is not available. Until Treasury determines the rules for TIN reporting (e.g., what TIN should be used, Exxon or Joe's Garage?) we should not require the contractor to be able to produce a 1099 report. 

ANSWER: The solicitation provides for passage of data when the data is provided by the merchant and/or obtained by the contractor. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q376: 1057 Report -- last sentence, "generally used by the agency/organization to measure compliance with its small business . . ." 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised as suggested. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q377: Subsection (d) requires that the contractor provide a field that specifies why a change was made to the master file. Changes are made at the request of an A/OPC or Cardholder, therefore that field would always be populated with either "A/OPC request" or "Cardholder request". We feel this is an unnecessary field and suggest deleting the requirement for a "why" field. Copies of the request can be provided at the request of the A/OPC or Cardholder. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q378: C.38.2 d) Account Change Report: We recommend that the words "(not applicable to the Fleet Line of Business)" be inserted at the beginning of this paragraph. This requirement is not applicable to the fleet business. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q359. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q379: C.38.2 e) Exception Report: We recommend that "fleet exceptions (for Fleet Card Programs) or", "(for T&E and Purchasing Card Programs)" and "(for all card programs)" be inserted in the first sentence as follows: This report identifies fleet exceptions (for Fleet Card Programs) or lost, stolen, invalid or canceled cards, declined transactions (for T&E and Purchasing Card Programs) and unusual spending activity (for all card programs) and details such transaction activity. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q359. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q380: C.38.2 f) Current Accounts Report: We recommend that the words "(not applicable to the Fleet Line of Business)" be inserted at the beginning of this paragraph. This requirement is not applicable to the fleet business. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q359. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q381: C.38.2 g) 1099 Report: We recommend that the second sentence read as follows:

"It shall be in merchant TIN ascending numeric order and include amount of purchase and merchant name for the Fleet Card Program." In addition to this sentence, we recommend adding the following: "For the T&E and Purchasing Card Programs, it shall be in merchant TIN ascending numeric order and include amount of purchase, merchant name, corporate status, identify doing business as (DBA) if applicable, and merchant address." 

ANSWER: See answer to Q357. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q382: C.38.2(g) Reports: The type of purchase made should be specified (i.e. goods, service, rents, royalty, etc.). The Internal Revenue Code section quoted is incorrect. It is not to fulfill the requirements of ยง6050M. The correct section is IRC ยง6041 and 6041(A).  

ANSWER: The solicitation provides for line item detail when available. The solicitation will revise the IRS Code as suggested.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q383: C.38.2(g) Reports: 1099 Report - requires the merchant's TIN and dollar amount, but for what purchase? How will the bidders separate reportable "services" from nonreportable "supplies"? Under CA.47.2, the contractor may provide a "product line item description for maintenance purchases. Would this mean they may provide a description of the purchase but are not required to do so? 

ANSWER: See answer to Q375.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q384: C.38.2(g) Reports: This is the section that could be revised to more clearly expand on the information required for Form 1099 reporting. It does state that the merchants TIN and corporate status are required, as well as the amounts of payments made to the merchants. However it should also state that the type of purchase must be identified. We could state that goods and services must be separately stated as Level 3 is available. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q375.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q385: C.38.2 (g) - 1099 Report - This requirement refers to merchant address. Must this be the full street address or will city and state meet the reporting requirements? In the latest Statement of Work, it simply says it must include "corporate status". In the prior statement of work, it said "...Corporate status (individual, sole prop, partnership, non medical, medical, foreign entities, government, other. ) We can report on corporate status, but only so far as sole proprietorship, partnership corporation and other. Can they clarify in the second Statement of Work what Corporate status' types they require us to report on? 

ANSWER: Corporate status (individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, non medical, medical, foreign entities, government, other). 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q386: Subsection (g) requires that the contractor provide quarterly and cumulative annual transaction detail for purchases made at 1099 vendors. The status of vendors varies by relationship, and must be communicated to the contractor in order to ensure accurate reporting. Please include the provision that the Government will provide a list of the 1099 vendors in order for the contractor to create an accurate database. 

ANSWER: No change will be made. The contractor is to provide the data as stated in the solicitation.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q387: Have offerors provide for collection of information adequate for 1099 purposes in an electronic interface and linked to the Government budget object codes. 

ANSWER: This should be included in the agency's task order. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q388: C.38.2(h) Reports: The report requirements found in CC.12 are not the same as the report requirements found in this section.  

ANSWER: The reports listed in Section CC.12 are IN ADDITION to the reports listed in C.38.2.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q389: Paragraph h) 1057 Report. What is the size standard in regards to small business and small disadvantaged business goals. This is a stretch. 

ANSWER: Size standards differ depending on the SIC code. Size standards are listed in Part 19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q390: C.38.2 h) 1057 Report: We recommend that the following wording be added to the end of the first sentence: "when available and able to be captured by the Card Program". Much of this data cannot be captured today from the POS - especially fuel and maintenance merchants. 

ANSWER: Reference C.34. This type of data is generally considered level 2. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q391: Subsection (h) requires that the contractor provide quarterly and cumulative annual transaction detail for purchases made at 1057 vendors. The status of vendors varies by relationship, and must be communicated to the contractor in order to ensure accurate reporting. Please include the provision that the Government will provide a list of the 1057 vendors in order for the contractor to create an accurate database. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q386. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q392: C.38.2.k and CA.11.2 Item K Write-Off Report: This report requested is not available within normal commercial practices. The write-off information is proprietary and based on contractor accounting practices. The information requested in this report that is not proprietary appears in other reports required within the Draft RFP (e.g., suspension and cancellation reports). Moreover, this information is not an effective tool to control delinquencies because the information provides a history on accounts that are long past suspension/cancellation. In order to assist in controlling receivables, the Government is best served through the suspension and cancellation reports which reflect accounts that are or are about to be suspended or canceled. We suggest eliminating this report to protect proprietary Contractor information and eliminate non-essential, redundant reports. 

ANSWER: No change will be made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q393: C.38.2 n) Summary Quarterly Vendor Ranking Report: We recommend that the words "(not applicable to the Fleet Line of Business)" be inserted at the beginning of this paragraph. This requirement will add unnecessary cost, especially if annual comparative data is required. This report should not be applicable to the Fleet Card Program. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q359. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

GSA Contracting Officer Reports

Q394: This should be sent electronically rather than on a diskette. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q395: Instead of asking for the data in a database, the data should be supplied in a standard ASCII format, either fixed or variable field length. That way the data can be input into ANY database software or even pulled into Excel (if small enough). Database formats are not necessarily compatible and you may have trouble importing the data into the software you use. 

ANSWER: (Q394 - Q395) The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q396: We can deliver all data elements necessary for the Contracting Office to build any reports requested within Section 39, subsection a) - k). We recommend that the GSA Contracting Office only request reports that are generally available for Non-Federal Customers. 

ANSWER: The language will remain unchanged. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q397: Regarding paragraph a ("Agency/Organization Program Information Reports"), we request that the communication medium for reports be electronic instead of 3.5" diskettes. Diskettes can be easily damaged in transit, and the unprotected, un-encrypted data is less secure. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q398: Please confirm that any data provided to a third party "data warehouser" will remain proprietary and confidential. 

ANSWER: Yes. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q399: Under "Program Reports", you have requested month-to-date monthly reports. We suggest changing references to "month to date" to "year to date". If not, please define what "month-to-date" for a monthly report means. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q400: What options does a vendor have in using the commercially standard database and word processor? What is the government's preferred database and word processor? 

ANSWER: See answer to Q395. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q401: C.39.1. Ask GSA to define field lengths for electronic reports. 

ANSWER: Please be more specific to which field length you are referring to.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q402: C.39.1. Fields 10-12 will appear only if provided by the A/OPC. Need more clarification on the 4 files listed in the text portion of this subsection. Is the full file replacement or the update file the ongoing piece of this? What is the objective for listing the 5th calendar day of each month the first time? 

ANSWER: The program forms that A/OPCs complete should include space to gather the telephone, facsimile and e-mail addresses. The requirement for the 4 files will be revised in the final solicitation. This report shall be sent by the 5th calendar day of each month.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q403: C.39.b) Field 9 contains many data elements. Are all these elements required in one field or a combined total of all fields? Can this be separated by commas? Since this is a monthly report, how will cumulative month-to-date information (fields 10-12) be used? Does field 6 include credits or just debits? Need definition of active cardholders (charging or open) and total cardholders fields, 7-8. Field 13 excludes credits? Need criteria for Field 14.  

ANSWER: This section will be revised. Field 9 - GSA wants to be able to track how much each miscellaneous fee is and what the fee is for. For example, $100 is for customized services. $200 is for value-added services, etc. Each fee and identification of fee should be separated to enable easy manipulation and sorting by type of fee. For example, GSA may want to run a report that queries how much and which value-added products and services are being ordered across the government and agency-specific. Month-to-date will be revised to year-to date. Field 6 should be net transactions (debits minus credits). For purposes of this specific report, active cardholders is defined as those cardholders who have activity for the reporting month. Field 8 should be total number of cardholders, both active and inactive. Field 13 should be net transactions (debits minus credits). Field 14 will be revised as the information is already provided in Field 8. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q404: C.39.c) Based on billed months, this information can be provided as static amounts (change only after billing). Is static versus dynamic to be the assumption? Need criteria for fields 14 and 15 (ranking) 

ANSWER: The respondent has been asked to clarify this question and GSA is awaiting a response. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q405: C.39.d) Define criteria for Fields 4 and 5.  

ANSWER: Please clarify the question. Fields 4 and 5 should contain the refund information as specified in the Pricing Schedule. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q406: C.39.g) How is Field 6 calculated? Include fees? Net?  

ANSWER: The average dollar amount per merchant category code should be calculated by taking the total charge volume for that merchant category code and dividing it by the total transaction volume.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q407: C.39.h) Field 2 (assumes Merchant Name)?  

ANSWER: Yes.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q408: C.39.i) How is type of vendor (MCC code)?  

ANSWER: By MCC code and description. The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q409: C.39.k) Open requirement (need type of data required and timing). 

ANSWER: The type of data required and timing of ad hoc reports will be identified on as needed basis.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q410: C.39.1.a) What are the 4 digit codes for Issuing Carrier (SCAC)?  

ANSWER: This information is from the Directory of Standard Multi-Modal Carrier and Tariff Agents Codes (SCAC and STAC). SCAC stands for Standard Carrier Alpha Codes and STAC stands for Standard Tariff Agents Code. For example, American Airlines is coded AAFS.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q411: C.39.1.a) Requires clarification: What about when multiple legs/city pairs are involved in a transaction? Does the report only want the first and second airport? Or does it want the origination/destination? Is Field 6 based on the transaction or the per leg fare?  

ANSWER: Each airport in the routing is required. For example, a passenger is traveling from Newark to Killeen would be EWR-IAH, IAH-ILE, ILE-IAH and IAH-EWR. Item 6 (Ticket Number) is for 4 legs of travel. Additional travel would be put on another ticket.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q412: C.39.1.a) Also, first airport/second - how are these derived for each ticket when there may be multiple pairs? Field 6 - is this assumed per trip - ticket?  

ANSWER: The term is origin/destination (not first airport/second). All legs in the routing are required.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q413: C.39.1.a) Need clarification on each of the two fields.  

ANSWER: The question is not clear.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q414: C.39.1.a) The number of characters for Item 1, the account number, has gone from 15 in the 12/19/96 draft SOW to 5 in the 05/29/97 draft solicitation. Credit card account numbers are always at least 14 characters. Is this correct?  

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q415: C.39.1 Item 23 - Please provide clarification of Endorsement/Restrictions - Checkage Invitational Travel Order, Prisoner, etc. 

ANSWER: The term checkage is used when a military member is without sufficient funds to pay for transportation when no prior orders are involved. Transportation is arranged and paid for by the government, but the military member's pay account is charged. For example, the military member is on leave and is without funds to get back to his/her duty station.  

Invitational travel orders applies to official travel of individuals employed intermittently in the Government service as consultants or experts and paid on a daily when-actually-employed (WAE) basis and of individuals serving without pay or at $1 a year. 

Prisoner is a person who is in custody or under restraint by the Federal marshals, Military police, or any other Federal Law Enforcement Agencies. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q416: Data concerning the use of the airline city pairs and hotel use program compliance (in this case fire safety) traditionally is supplied by a commercial travel agents to their clients. Please explain the circumstance that now require the detail data to be furnished by the successful bidder of this contract. 

ANSWER: FSA requirements have been revised in the final solicitation. There is no central CTO or TMC to gather travel data--the common denominator for the thousands of travel agents is the government's travel card. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q417: C.39.1.a GSA Contracting Officer Reports: The issue date (item 4) is actually the transaction or purchase date. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q418: C.39.1.b Airline City-Pair Reports: Do we get fare basis coding on air travel info? 

ANSWER: Within 30 days of the Government's award of its City Pair Contracts, we will make available to the card contractor(s) a listing of city pair awardees and a listing of all applicable contract fare basis codes. Fare basis codes have 3-8 characters.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q419: Should the timeframes cited in sections C.39.1 b) 7; C.39.1 c) 1.; C.39.2 b) read, "This report shall be sent by the 10th calendar day of each month"? 

ANSWER: Yes--the final solicitation will be revised. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Customized Services

Q420: C.40, Customized Services: What does CLIN mean? 

ANSWER: Contract Line Item Number.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q421: C.40, Customized Services: Both sections indicate that the Contractor is required to submit a detailed proposal within 15 calendar days. This timeframe is extremely short. The ability to deliver a detailed proposal as described depends on the complexity of project requested. Please consider making this timeframe a negotiable point during discussions between the offeror and the agency. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q422: C.40 Customized Services: GSA should make clear that contractors can disclose Government Card Program records and information to the Internal Revenue Service in accordance with Privacy Act obligations. The Draft RFP anticipates that contractors may be required to perform certain "customized services" for the IRS, such as submittal of agency/organization 1099 information" (see RFP at p.117), and produce copies of unspecified Government Card Program records to the IRS, with A/OPC knowledge and approval (see RFP at p. 119). If the Government intends that such records and information may include types of information or records covered by the Privacy Act, GSA should make clear that the contractor discloses to the IRS either (I) will constitute a "routine use" of Government Card Program information and records, or (ii) will be exempt from the Privacy Act by virtue of the IRS-specific Privacy Act exemption codified at 26 U.S.C.ยง 7852(e). 

ANSWER: The Privacy Act notice for the systems of records maintained under this contract (GSA/GOVT-3) will state that information in the system may be provided to the IRS. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q423: C.40 Customized Services: GSA is proposing to regulate all pilots. We suggest allowing the agencies/organizations to regulate their own pilots. Allowing them to regulate their own pilots will stimulate creativity, allow for customized pilots, and reduce the overall cost. 

ANSWER: Agencies will manage their own pilots or ask GSA to do so on their behalf. The GSA Contracting Office needs to be kept apprised on all pilots but will not provide direction unless specifically asked by the agency. The requirements will not change. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q424: The requirement for customized services requires additional clarification in order to distinguish them from Value-Added services. Please also include a provision that the pricing of the services are to conform with standard commercial practices. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be further clarified. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Q425: C.41.2 Agency/Organization Transition: The last sentence of the first paragraph states: "At its discretion, the Government may reduce the transition period." We suggest changing the sentence as follows: The transition period can be reduced by mutual agreement of the Government and the Contractor." If not, please clarify: What criteria will the Government use to reduce the transition period? How will condensed transitions be communicated to the contractor? What advance notification will be provided to the contractor? 

ANSWER: The language will remain unchanged. The Government will evaluate how far and how well the transition is going prior to making any determination to reduce the transition time. Contractors may offer such seamless transitions that the amount of time allowed for transitions is too long--the Government will retain the right to reduce the transition period. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q426: The second paragraph does not specify what happens after 180 calendar days to unsettled transactions. We suggest that a clause be added as follows: "the Government will pay the unsettled balance if it is not reconciled within 180 calendar days of the completed agency/organization transition." 

ANSWER: The language will remain unchanged. Please reference C.43, Post Contract Requirements. The time frame will mirror that of the time frame for transition.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q427: C.41.4 Technological Advance Transition: The requirement now states: "The Contractor shall ensure that any change brought about by technological advance is effectuated in a smooth, seamless manner, with minimal disruption to the card program" (emphasis added). This is an overly broad requirement, and theoretically could require the Contractor to obtain fingerprints or retina scans from all fleet, travel and purchase card users (and these are only the current "technological advances"). We suggest rewriting this sentence to read: "The Contractor and Government agency/organization will provide best efforts to effectuate best commercial practices brought about by technological advances in a smooth, seamless manner, with minimal disruption to the card program." 

ANSWER: The language will remain unchanged. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Q428: C.42 Record Retention and Retrieval: We recommend adding this sentence to the end of the paragraph: "The requested information may be presented in a mutually agreed upon summarized format or as a reproduction of a previously distributed report or reports containing the requested transaction information." 

ANSWER: The language will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q429: C.42 Record Retention and Retrieval: We suggest changing the last sentence as follows: "Upon written request of the GSA Contracting Officer, the ordering Contracting Officer, or the A/OPC, the Contractor shall provide the requested information in a mutually agreeable commercial format within 30 calendar days."  

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q430: The requirement to retain records for three years after contract expiration would necessitate keeping individual transaction records up to 13 years after the transaction (under a 5-year contract with 5 one-year renewals, plus the 3 year retention period). Federal Regulations require Credit Card companies to retain data for 7 years. We suggest a lesser period of retention (e.g., 3 years beyond the contract period). The base period of data would then be retained for 8 years and 3 years beyond for each option year thereafter. 

ANSWER: The language will remain unchanged. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q431: Add requirement for data to be maintained on canceled/suspended account for 3 years after contract expiration. Data shall be accessible to A/OPC through ad hoc reports. Include account closing date in database. 

ANSWER: This is already included in 52.212-5. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q432: This question has been withdrawn at the respondent's request. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q433: For what purpose does GSA foresee card program records being furnished to the Internal Revenue Service? Would the written requests referred to in this section be required to comply with the Privacy Act and the Right to Financial Privacy Act to the extent that they involve transaction data about individual cardholders?  

ANSWER: GSA is researching this issue and will provide a response with the issuance of the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q434: We approve of having contractors serve as the Government's agent for holding transaction data. Record retention and retrieval can be very burdensome on agencies in today's downsizing environment. 

ANSWER: No response required. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Government-Wide Shut Down

Q435: C.45, Government-Wide Shut Down: "Government shutdown - payments to the Contractor would be late." Anything to cover cost of funds for that period? 

ANSWER: For centrally billed accounts, the Prompt Payment Act allows for the automatic assessment of interest penalties.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q436: C.45, Government-Wide Shut Down: Will accounts of a department/agency be shut down during a government-wide shut down? If not, how can a department/agency spend on a card if it shut down and does not have spending authority approved by Congress? 

ANSWER: Only essential functions would be performed during any shut-down. All non-essential functions would be shut down. Not all accounts may be affected. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q437: We recommend that this section be eliminated. It seemingly requires Contractors to continue to service accounts -- and obligates the government to make payment -- even if appropriation bills have not been enacted. If that is its intent, it would appear to violate the Antideficiency Act, 31 U.S.C. ยง 1341(a)(1)(B), because it is obligating the government to make payment in advance of appropriations. Contract provisions that violate the Antideficiency Act have been held to be void. This also seems to anticipate situations where a continuing resolution has been passed and the agency is authorized to incur obligations (and, thus, its employees properly can use their credit cards to make purchases), but actual bill payment has been suspended because the employees with payment responsibility have been deemed "non-essential" and placed on furlough. Here, too, the clause seems to require the Contractor to continue to service accounts. In commercial practice, however, the inability of the account holder to make payment on schedule is a default that entitles the credit card provider to suspend the account. A promise to pay interest on late payments does not cure this default. To require that the account still be serviced under these circumstances is likely to make the program unable to be financed using normal commercial financing. To allow the Contractor to suspend the account under these circumstances does not mean that the Contractor in fact will do so. This program is structured to assure continued competition among master contract holders for a period of up to ten years. Competitive forces may -- and are likely to -- result in Contractors not exercising their rights. But, for financing purposes, it is essential for the Contractor to have the right to suspend the account. 

ANSWER: The language will remain unchanged.  

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Q438: C.46, Liability for Centrally Billed Accounts: GSA defines unauthorized use as 3rd party where the cardholder receives no benefit and states that the government will not be liable for unauthorized use. Does this mean the government will accept liability for cardholder misuse since it is properly authorized and benefits the cardholder? Does this mean that the government will not accept liability for theft and/or misuse by a government employee other than the cardholder? 

ANSWER: The solicitation language will be revised as follows: The Government accepts liability only for those proper charges made by an authorized cardholder using the Card Program(s) but shall not be liable for any unauthorized use. Unauthorized use means the use of a credit card by a person, other than the cardholder, who does not have actual, implied or apparent authority for such use and from which the cardholder receives no benefit. When the centrally billed account/card has been used by an authorized account/cardholder to make an unauthorized purchase, the Government is liable.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q439: C.46 Liability: We recommend inserting the following sentence before the last sentence in the paragraph C.46.1: "Use of a valid (i.e. not reported lost or stolen) card together with a driver access code constitutes an authorized use of the Fleet Card." 

ANSWER: See answer to Q438. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q440: C.46.1 Please provide dollar and transaction volumes for unauthorized use under the current contracts. 

ANSWER: This information is not available. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q441: C.46.1.1 Government Liability for Lost or Stolen Cards: The Government is not liable for amounts charged to cards that are lost or stolen, but the Government also has no real notification responsibilities in this area either. The sentence now reads: "Subject to the above, the Government will make reasonable efforts to notify the Contractor promptly when it becomes evident that a card is lost, stolen or being used improperly by a cardholder." The words "reasonable efforts" should be removed. The new sentence should read: "Subject to the above, the Government will notify the Contractor promptly when it becomes evident that a card is lost, stolen or being used improperly by a cardholder." 

ANSWER: The solicitation language will be revised to read "Subject to the above, the Government will notify the Contractor when it becomes evident that a card is lost, stolen or when there is possible unauthorized use of a card." 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Value-Added Products and Services

Q442: We appreciate having new items and services made available through Value-Added Products and Services that will allow us to streamline and enhance current card operations. 

ANSWER: No response required. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q443: It needs to be clearly stated that not all business lines will have the same level of need for these products and services. For example, since fleet cards are typically assigned to a vehicle rather than a person, the need for an ATM option is a very small probability. Depending upon the evaluation criteria, offerors may feel compelled to start or expand programs for these specific services in order to win an award. However, later they may find there is little or no need for the services. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q444: C.47.3 Stored-value card and E-purse products and services: The requirements for this value added service indicate that the last thirty transactions must be held, however, only 20 bytes of data per transaction are allowed. The 5 data elements that must be captured for each transaction exceed the 20 bytes per transaction limitation.  

ANSWER: In accordance with commercial specifications, this will be revised in the solicitation to indicate that the 10 recent transactions must be held. It will further be revised to indicate 40 bytes of data per transaction. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q445: Please clarify the meaning of a "governmental open system." Is this really a closed system that is "open" in government facilities? Several feature and function requirements specified for the stored-value card and E-purse products and services are not available in existing commercially "open" systems, however, are available in closed systems. 

ANSWER: Yes. For example, any agency can use the card in another agency's system (e.g., cafeteria, vending machine, etc.). 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q446: C.47.3 Stored-value card or E-purse products and services: We request that the GSA modify Section C.47.3 so that agencies can take advantage of the Mondex E-Purse capabilities, which allows electronic cash to be used in an off-line environment without costly processing and settlement. Currently, the requirement reads: "The stored value system will be a fully auditable governmental open system....Each stored value transaction should contain the following information which will be capture and forwarded to the host computer for processing and settlement." Instead, the requirement should be stated: "The stored value system will be a fully audible governmental open system....Each stored value transaction should contain the following information which will be captured and forwarded to the host computer for processing and settlement, if needed."  

ANSWER: GSA is researching this issue. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q447: Finally, the statement, "Each card used for stored value will store the last thirty transactions", should be changed to "the last 10 transactions". This will keep the government version of the card based on commercial specifications. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q444. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q448: Standard commercial practice is the 10 most recent transactions. Please provide the business rationale for storing the last 30 transactions on a card with e-purse capabilities. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q444. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q449: Please provide the business rationale for limiting the size of data per transaction to less than or equal to 20 bytes, because the merchant ID alone may use up to 15 bytes. We recommend that between 30 and 40 bytes be required depending upon data elements required, along with limiting transaction storage to the last 10. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q444. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q450: C.47 Value-Added Products and Services: For e-purse, let industry define the applications. By pre-defining the amount of transactions to be held on the chip to 30, the GSA limits the ability of a vendor to add other applications on the card due to space issues. Let the industry offer what they believe to be the best products they can offer and let the individual agencies agency/organization decide what they want. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q444. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q451: The use of hybrid card as a CLIN without detailing additional product feature/functionality specifics (e.g., applications, Point-of-Sale interaction terminals, chip functionality, etc.) causes bidders to price without complete requirement understanding and may cause bidders to price conservatively or inaccurately. We request the GSA require bidders to provide detail for each hybrid card proposal. This will enable the agencies/organizations to compare the cards by more than the size of the chip. 

ANSWER: Offerors will be required to detail any value-added product/service offered. The pricing schedule will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q452: If Government is requesting infrastructure for a closed environment, they should be responsible for the cost (e.g., card readers in a Government cafeteria). It is a common commercial practice for card issuers to provide for this type of infrastructure and for customers to pay. Infrastructure costs should be included as line items in the CLIN structure. 

ANSWER: The pricing schedule will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q453: Cardholders may elect to use either an alpha or numeric PIN. Is there a reason why an alpha numeric PIN cannot be used? 

ANSWER: Generally, alpha and alpha/numeric PINs are translated into numerals. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q454: C.47.4 What are some possible debit applications that agencies might consider? 

ANSWER: These will be defined at the task order level. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q455: C.47.4 Debit Card Products and Services: Please clarify who is liable for any cardholder charges in excess of the balance within the account (over charges). Charges on Debit Cards are traditionally the card holder's responsibility. 

ANSWER: This would depend whether it is on a centrally or individually billed account. Liability is addressed in the solicitation for both centrally and individually billed accounts. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q456: C.47.7 Inter/Intra-Government Services: The fee structure proposed for this process needs government clarification. 

ANSWER: The fee must be a tiered flat transaction price (for example (and these numbers are purely hypothetical), $1.00 per transaction for "XX" volumes, $.75 per transaction for "YY" volumes, and so on) or a nominal flat transaction price or zero fee (e.g., $.05 or $.00)). Fees may not be based on discounts or basis points.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q457: C.47.7 Inter/Intra-Government Services: How does this feature differ and/or conflict with the FMS program being offered which has substantially the same features? Will one program be folded into the other? Will both programs operate, and in essence, compete with one another? Please clarify. 

ANSWER: The services are similar to those offered by FMS. At this time, both programs are intended to operate independently.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q458: C.47.7 Inter/Intra-Government Services: This area needs to be reconciled between GSA and the Treasury Department. The emphasis behind this solicitation is to have the capability to use one single card for all government purposes. We are now required to have two cards for purchasing (1) the IMPAC card for all normal purchases, including rental of post office boxes, payment of postage due, and other small items with the Post Office and (2) The Post Office issued "Postal Payment Card" which can be used for any post office purchase rental of post office boxes, payment of postage due, etc., plus it can be used to recharge postage meters and bulk mailings. The issuance of this card is dictated by the Post Office and goes to mail managers outside of many agencies delegations of acquisition authority. 

ANSWER: The GSA and Treasury are working together on the GSA/FMS inter/intra-governmental services. See answer to Q457.The pilot program discussed in your comments is for a Postal Payment Card which is a program for business mailers (i.e., bulk mail, meter reset and stamps) not associated with inter/intra-governmental services offered by GSA or FMS. At the conclusion of the pilot, the Postal Service will determine whether the program should be expanded.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q459: C.47.7 - Please provide a clarification of inter/intra-governmental services. 

ANSWER: This provides merchant acquiring services to Government agencies. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q460: C.47.7 Inter/Intra-Governmental Services: Introductory paragraph highlights that solution must work with multiple Issuers. This should be further defined as: "Service must operate within an open framework to allow multiple Issuers and multiple Acquirers access to the agencies. Each acquirer shall provide personal computer package or host based solution to deliver Level II data to the Issuer. This will provide the greatest flexibility for GSA as they implement the program". 

ANSWER: GSA is researching this issue and will provide a response with the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q461: This should have open architecture to allow multiple issuers and acquirers access to federal agencies, resulting in flexibility and functionality. 

ANSWER: Agreed. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q462: Paragraph B. Manage change, monitor risk and be flexible is an oxymoron. 

ANSWER: GSA appreciates your input. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q463: This paragraph currently states: The system must "manage change, monitor risk and be flexible". This requirement should be further defined as: "Proposed system must provide host based authorizations of more than 99%. Host based authorizations provide significantly higher fraud protection over stand-in processing and are critical to the success of the government program. In addition, authorization velocity methodologies must be employed to effectively monitor card activity". 

ANSWER: GSA is researching this issue and will provide a response with the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q464: The last paragraph states that the government may provide a "standard settlement mechanism for effecting transactions between agencies to meet the requirement that funds not leave the Government for this service". This statement should be further defined to include: "Service provider must guarantee that government funds are not moved when transactions are processed. Government will fund a designated account at a financial institution for the payment of all processing fees associated with the program". 

ANSWER: GSA is researching this issue and will provide a response with the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q465: The service provider must guarantee that once transactions are processed the funds do not leave the government. 

ANSWER: The solicitation already states this. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q466: This section states that the government will specify possible settlement mechanisms for inter-agency transactions. Please provide examples of possible settlement mechanisms. 

ANSWER: Settlement mechanisms have not been defined at this point in time. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q467: C.47.7 Inter/Intra-Governmental Services: As we understand it, the Treasury Department is planning to issue an IEI for essentially the same services as a "requirements" contract. This seems to be at odds with GSA's ID/IQ master contract approach. How will these programs co-exist? 

ANSWER: If Treasury issues a requirements contract, the contract will stipulate who is required to use it. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q468: Currently, the requirement that funds not leave the Government is not possible. Instead of providing the detailed specifications in the master contract, you should reference Treasury's guidelines and regulations in this area. If Treasury has not developed them, then you should still reference Treasury, with the caveat that if they have not developed guidelines by the time this contract is implemented, the contractor is to abide by the following . . . . When the Treasury does issue their regulations, their regulations shall have precedence over this section of the contract. 

ANSWER: GSA appreciates your input. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q469: C.47.7(c), Distributed Processing: The Government currently does very little true distributed processing. 

ANSWER: No response required. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q470: C.47.7.g Provide Merchant Acquiring Services: Please include a CLIN for the price of the Level III Point of Sale terminals. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q471: The Government agency may not want to be set up as a "level 3" merchant. Level 3 terminals are more expensive than standard terminals. By requiring the contractors under the master contract to only offer level 3 terminals, there is a risk that the agency will go to an outside processor to get a lower price. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q472: C.47.7.1 Reports: The transaction reference is actually the transaction reference number.  

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be reflected to read transaction reference number. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q473: C.47.7.1 Need clarification on data for each transaction (what data specifically for which charge types? What is the transaction code? Define the agency reference number (usage, source, bytes, type). Define cumulative by merchant number. 

ANSWER: This will be defined at the task order level. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q474: Monthly Agency Report: #11 and GSA Contracting Officer Report #9 both include "Number of account inquires." Should these be inquiries? If so, what does number of inquiries mean? 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised to reflect the correction. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q475: Chargeback report: Define transaction number (acquirer bank), transaction code and cumulative by merchant number (usage, source, bytes, type). Is the definition of a chargeback a credit or a request to the merchant for more information. 

ANSWER: This will be defined at the task order level. Chargeback is a credit. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q476: C.47.8 Telephone Card Access (for the Travel Card Only): The first sentence reads: "If offered, the Contractor may include the agency/organization long distance carrier access code and calling number on the backside of the travel card, physically and electronically..." We suggest changing the sentence to read: "If offered, the Contractor may include the agency/organization long distance carrier access code and calling number on the backside of the travel card, physically and/or electronically..." Current commercial practice does not allow a separate track on a magnetic strip card to accommodate phone calling card transactions. Swiping the card will automatically register the credit card information and route the charges accordingly. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q477: What is the impact of the revised FTS 2000 contract and potential carrier changes to the telephone card access and pin numbers? Will the Government require new cards to be issued and who will bear the costs, the new FTS contract provider or the Government? 

ANSWER: If new cards need to be reissued due to a change in codes, the Government will be responsible for the costs associated with reissuance. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q478: Why would the Government require an agency/organization long distance carrier access code and calling number to be included electronically on the card unless the travel card is intended to be the vehicle in which telephone billing or payments are processed? 

ANSWER: See answer to Q88. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q479: C.47.9 - Explain the use of electronic bill payment. 

ANSWER: Non-EDI based payments are generally to pay entities that do not accept card based payments (e.g., utilities) or ACH or other EFT methods. For example, home banking or PC-based banking or other similar electronic bill payment services. This service is used to reduce the number of paper checks and move payments to electronic methods. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q480: C.47.10(a), Open System Configurations: The fueling and maintenance industries are years away from any commercial infrastructure supporting chip cards. 

ANSWER: GSA appreciates your input. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q481: C.47.10.2 Hybrid Card: We suggest allowing the individual agencies to work with offerors to determine how to best accommodate an agency's need for card data population. This would allow use of industry best practices and the highest level of security. 

ANSWER: This will be defined at the task order level. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q482: C.47.10.2 Stored Value Card: The term infrastructure is too broad and needs further definition (e.g., Point of Sale readers in Government locations, telephone lines, computers, and office space). Infrastructure costs should be included as line items in the CLIN structure.  

ANSWER: The pricing schedules will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q483: The term "inter-operable" should be defined as follows: Competing systems (hardware, software, and processing capabilities) that provide for alternative, competing (open) electronic purse schemes. To that extent, all Point-of-Sale merchant terminals should support Secure Access Modules (SAMs) which, along with internal software, enable the terminal to accept, identify, and process transactions for smart cards originating from multiple electronic purse programs. 

ANSWER: GSA is researching this suggestion and will provide feedback with the final solicitation issuance. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q484: C.47.10.2(h) Hybrid Card PIN Authentication: Management should be able to over-ride the locked card, in the event that the card presenter was inexperienced or given the wrong information. For the Fleet card, this is very possible, since many different drivers may use the same vehicle. As it is written, this section seems to indicate that the card can never be used again and that the agency would have to order a new card. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q485: C.47.11 Electronic Purchasing: In section C., what is meant by alternate sites? Is this distant learning sites, i.e. home, hotel, airplane etc.? 

ANSWER: Yes. Alternate sites are other than the workplace where access to electronic purchasing transactions can be securely gained from locations other than the worker's own work site. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q486: C.47.11.c Electronic Purchasing: This section states: "Improved efficiency by allowing authorized purchasing agents or other authorized personnel to access electronic purchasing functions from alternate sites while maintaining full security and functionality." Please clarify what is meant by "alternative sites".  

ANSWER: See answer to Q485. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q487: We request that the government revise their pricing tables for Electronic Purchasing. Currently, Electronic Purchasing is priced on a "per transaction" basis for a single product offering. Contractors (issuers) would like the flexibility to offer the government a "menu" of many Electronic Purchasing solutions in the form of a table where price is correlated with a system's functionality. We envision that this menu would have multiple vendors offering a range of Electronic Purchasing solutions to meet varying needs. 

ANSWER: The pricing schedules will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q488: C.47.12 Photo ID: The requirements for this value added service need to be taken into account with other elements of the card already defined. Any card design developed for use in any of the programs needs to accommodate this requirement, chip contact placement, standard embossing/printing requirements, and program specific embossing/printing requirements. 

ANSWER: Agreed. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q489: C.47.12 Photo ID: The plastic needs to comply with commercial standard even if there is a Photocard in addition to the other elements required. However, depending on the background used and the size of the City Pair identifier, all of the requested elements may not fit. 

ANSWER: Agreed. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q490: Change this section to incorporate the possibility of other customization of the card. For example in the fleet area, an agency may want to have their maintenance authorization limits and instructions printed on the cards (toll-free maintenance authorization number, break-down hot-line, etc.). Agencies may want similar control reminders for the purchase or travel cards printed directly on the cards. It should be clear that the photo is to be on the back of the card; unless the GSA card design provides space on the front. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised (see C.23, Card Design and Embossing). 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q491: C.47.14 Net Billing: This value-added service does not conform to standard commercial practices regarding accounting and control and should therefore be removed. It will increase systems and reconciliation issues for the Contractor and Government. 

ANSWER: Offerors are not required to offer value-added products and services-thus this will remain a value-added service.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q492: C.47.15 Card Sleeves: Have offerors add personalization by Agency/Organization option. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Fleet Card

Q493: CA.1, Background for Fleet Card Services: Please provide the number and size of fleet programs currently in place within the Federal Government, domestically and internationally. 

ANSWER: Historically, the fleet program did not have a central repository for purchase data - each agency was responsible for payment directly to each fuel merchant they used. Recently, the fleet program was converted to a commercial card system and program data is available. However, this was only completed in June of this year. The final solicitation will contain as much information as possible.

A source for Federal vehicle data is the annual Federal Motor Vehicle Fleet Report. Currently, data for fiscal years 1994 and 1995 can be found on the Internet at: 

http://www.policyworks.gov/vehicles 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q494: General: Please provide a breakdown of the agencies and the number of vehicles per agency that use IFMS and those that don't use IFMS.  

ANSWER: See answer to Q493. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

CA.2, Definitions

Q495: CA.2, Definitions: We request that the Government draw a distinction between the above definitions within the Master Contract RFP. The current Draft Solicitation is written in such a way that there is substantial confusion in many of the common sections (all sections other than Section CA - Requirements Specific to The Fleet Card Program). Many of the Core Products and Services as well as the Value Added Products and Services are written in such a way that we cannot offer the Product/Service/Report/Data Elements/etc., because many of the products/services are more applicable to a "cardholder" type program vs. "vehicle" tracking type program. Please revise "Cardholder" as a person/individual of the Government to whom the T&E card may be assigned and "Vehicle" or "Unit" as an asset of the Government to which the Fleet Card is assigned for tracking purposes. 

ANSWER: The definitions within CA.2 will be clarified and limited to the fleet needs.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q496: CA.2 Definitions: Definition of Cardholder - We recommend adding the following after the last word, "procedures": "provided such procedures are furnished to the master contract holder in a timely manner." 

ANSWER: No change will be made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q497: Please provide clarification of the term "Customer Unit". Does this refer to multiple fleet cards assigned to one centrally billed account? 

ANSWER: This refers to cards issued to the same shipping address that also have the same billing address. For example, Agency X has cards shipped to and billed to the same exact address. That is one customer unit. Agency Y has cards shipped to 15 different addressed although all the bills are sent to a single address. This is 15 customer units. Agency Z has all their cards shipped to one address, but has the invoices sent to 7 different addresses. That would be 7 customer units. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q498: CA.2 Definitions: Since more than one person may use a vehicle, what is the maximum number of PIN's that a card may need to support? 

ANSWER: Theoretically for the IFMS fleet, any Government employee (over 2 million) could drive any vehicle. However, in reality it is much more limited. Typically, only the number of employees assigned to a customer unit would be able to drive their vehicles. This will vary by customer unit and would be specified by the agency in their task order request. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q499: Multiple PINS. The agency for the purpose of streamlining should only have one PIN. With two or more PINs the ability to manage the card becomes questionable. One PIN should suffice for all the functionality that the managing office wants to provide. 

ANSWER: Agencies should designate the number of PINs needed and the ratio of PINs to vehicles/cards in their task order requests. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Fleet Card Program Requirements:

Q500: CA.3, Fleet Card Program Requirements: What is meant by group of equipment? Provide example. 

ANSWER: Lawn service equipment; snow removal equipment, etc. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Merchant Acceptance for the Fleet Card Program

Q501: Add the phrase, "with full data capture as required in section CA.9.2." 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q502: CA.4, Merchant Acceptance for the Fleet Card Program: How can we enforce passing on of discounts? Depends on the merchant, doesn't it? 

ANSWER: The card contractor is not responsible for enforcing discounts, but merely passing through the gross, discount, and net amounts due. The card presenter is responsible for ensuring that appropriate discounts are taken. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q503: CA.4, Merchant Acceptance for the Fleet Card Program: Is there an impact with the inclusion of marine and aviation? 

ANSWER: Please clarify the question. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q504: Merchant Acceptance. Have offerors provide assurance of merchant acceptance. 

ANSWER: This is provided for in the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q505: CA.4.1, Merchant Discounts: Does this mean that there could be multiple discounts negotiated differently for various departments/agencies and that all such discounts are to be included in this provision? 

ANSWER: Yes. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q506: CA.4.1, Merchant Discounts: We do not have a mechanism which enables merchants to identify which agencies/organizations are eligible for discounts. 

ANSWER: This can be done through the account numbers, information embossed on the card, or other methods. No change will be made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q507: CA.4.1 Merchant Discounts: Our experience indicates that non-government fleet providers would prefer to have information that enables the provider to settle the discounts that they have established directly with the merchant. This allows the provider to keep the discounts that they have negotiated confidential and results in the Contractor not being involved in calculating the discount amounts. In addition, the current EPOS environment does not allow for the discount amount to be captured at the time of the transaction. The Contractor would supply the transaction information necessary for the provider (in this case the GSA) to settle discounts with the merchant in customized reports and electronic files designed to meet the provider's needs. 

ANSWER: To streamline the management process, the Government desires the card contractor to pass through this information. The card contractor is not responsible for calculating the discount, but to pass through the information provided by the merchant. The Government will review reports provided by the card contractor to ensure the proper discounts are being taken. The Government will dispute any incorrectly discounted amounts directly with the merchant. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q508: When an issuer negotiates a discount program with a merchant, the merchant has the ability to identify that issuer's cards at the POS (either by BIN or some other recognition device such as a membership card or coupons, etc.). When the government negotiates a discount with the merchant and requires recognition at the POS, the issuer may be required to provide the appropriate card numbers to the merchant. However, it is always the merchant's responsibility to actually recognize the card and associate the discount. The issuer only facilitates this process. Please provide additional information on the type of merchants and which business lines the GSA envisions will provide merchant discounts. 

ANSWER: Agreed. The agencies using the fleet business line will seek volume discounts from fuel merchants, oil and lube shops, tire merchants, glass merchants, and other merchants with whom the Federal fleet does significant business. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CA.5, Card Design and Embossing

Q509: Please provide the card design. 

ANSWER: The card design may be viewed at our Web address: 

http://www.fss.gsa.gov/fm/future/index.cfm 

Please review it for meeting industry design standards.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q510: CA.5.1 Face Side of Fleet Cards: We recommend that the OCR (scan line) requirement be removed from the Fleet Card Section, as it is a Purchasing/T&E feature. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q511: CA.5.1, Face Side of Fleet Cards: Please explain why an OCR scan line on the front of a fleet card is required. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q512: While we have no objection to the inclusion of an OCR scan line on a card, we request a revision to the specification requiring the OCR scan line as line one account number on the front of the card. It general, it should also be noted that OCR placement usually must be approved by card associations. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q513: CA.5.1(a) Face Side of Fleet Cards: Please clarify the account number requirements for the Fleet Card. Are both the account number and card number required to be OCR readable? What OCR font(s) are required? 

ANSWER: (Q511 - Q513) See answer to Q510. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q514: This section states that the authorized product type is recommended to be printed on the card. Please provide a list of the authorized product types. 

ANSWER: This is specifically geared toward the alternate fuel market. For example, ethanol or methanol should not be put into a regular gasoline-powered engine. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CA.6, Training Requirements for the Fleet Card Program

Q515: CA.6 Training Requirements for the Fleet Card Program: We recommend that the references to "within ten (10) calendar days" in both CA.6.2 and CA.6.3 be modified to read: "...within ten (10) calendar days or a time agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering unit..." 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q516: CA.6.1 and 6.2: The timing on the delivery of the Merchant guide and Card Use Instructions seems to be a little tight in light of the 10 days the Contractor has to contact the agency to set up an implementation schedule. It appears that the contractor will need to send a packet of information in their initial contact letter. The time-frame is not necessary. Time-frames are not included in the travel or purchase card sections. Merchant network and card use should be part of the evaluation process when an agency determines which contractor to use. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q515. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CA.7, Authorization Controls for the Fleet Card Program

Q517: CA.7, Authorization Controls for the Fleet Card Program: Why does the government want to be invoiced directly by the merchants not on the network - if it's on any M/C or VISA network we can get the charge and bill the government. Does it mean an AMEX only merchant for a VISA or M/C issuer and vice versa? Will the government perform a match? Or supply not VISA, M/C merchants? 

ANSWER: It is the Government's position that merchants should not pay a financial penalty for a Government card presenter's error. In the fleet industry, it is common to pump the fuel into the vehicle prior to presenting the card for payment. If the station is not part of the card contractor's network and the driver does not have an alternate method of paying for the fuel, the station or driver may call the card contractor to obtain an invoice to address so the station can get paid. Typically in the card industry, the merchant must pay a discount and/or transaction fee; however, since it was a Government error rather than a merchant error, the merchant does not pay the fee. Offerors may choose to process the transaction at no cost to the merchant, or choose simply to provide an address. If there is to be a fee to the customer for this service, it must be disclosed at the start of the task order. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q518: Authorized Controls. A basic introductory guide should include a descriptive listing of some of the services that can be purchased via the GSA Fleet Card. Some of the items are subject to certain regulatory controls. It would ease the mind of contracting officers if there was a listing of some of the products and services that could be purchased with the card. 

ANSWER: All purchases are subject to regulation. The contractor is not responsible for enforcing Government adherence to regulations. Agency internal policies and procedures should provide guidance to users of the card. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CA.8, Tax Exempt Status for the Fleet Card Program

Q519: CA.8 Tax Exempt Status for the Fleet Card Program: (a) Tax Filing Information - states that each merchant's TIN with the appropriate amounts paid to each are necessary for the Government to file Form 1099 report. How will the bidders know what the "appropriate amounts " are? 

ANSWER: This was previously the original draft statement of work and was revised in the draft solicitation.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q520: CA.8 Tax Exempt Status: We recommend replacing the wording "when applicable" at the end of the first sentence in the second paragraph with "when legally applicable." 

ANSWER: No change will be made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q521: We request that the government provide a detailed description of how the current tax exemption process works and how satisfied the government is with the results that it as achieved. 

ANSWER: The current tax exemption process is proprietary information and is not subject to disclosure. At present we are only in the second billing cycle of the contract. It is too early to tell how effective the program is. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q522: CA.8 Tax Exempt Status for the Fleet Card Program: At those locations that do not recognize the US Federal Government's tax exempt status (e.g., Indian reservations and international sites), the fuel pump price for fuel will be the priced billed to the agencies. 

ANSWER: The Federal Government is not exempt at the point of sale in all states or localities. In those areas that do not allow net billing, the Government will be invoiced the "gross" price; however, tax information will be passed through so the Government can seek reimbursement from the taxing entity. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CA.9, Program and Transaction Data for the Fleet Card Program

Q523: CA.9.1.1: Footnote for (c) Equipment Identification need to be changed. We are the Interagency Fleet Management System. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q524: CA.9.2 Fleet Card Program Transaction Data Elements: (a) Tax Filing Information - states that each merchant's TIN with the appropriate amounts paid to each are necessary for the Government to file Form 1099 report. How will the bidders know what the "appropriate amounts " are? 

ANSWER: This was previously the original draft statement of work and was revised in the draft solicitation.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q525: CA.9.2 Fleet Card Transaction Data Elements: We have the ability to electronically capture product code and type information from the point of sale; however, we are extremely dependent on the merchant's point of sale equipment and the data entry of the correct product code and type information. Also, non-fuel merchants currently send "sales data" which is net of all taxes for Government transactions and does not include tax information. With specific reference to paragraphs s), t), v) and w), we suggest that "when available and able to be captured by the Card Program" be added to the end of each paragraph. Also, please add the following to the end of the first paragraph: "The exempted tax amount will be reported for all fuel purchases." 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q526: Add a footnote to items (r) through (t) and (v) through (x), "if available to commercial customers." (Skip (u) Non-fuel price, gross.) 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q527: Add fields for discounts in both fuel and non-fuel prior to the net price. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CA.10, Fleet Card Program Accounts

Q528: CA.10.1 Invoices for the Fleet Card Program: We seek clarification on the reason why PIN numbers need to be reported on invoices. The solicitation currently states: "the itemized invoice shall also contain the Government purchase authorization. This is the user identification (signature or PIN) for each transaction included for each transaction unless otherwise requested by the agency/organization." We request that this requirement be deleted. Rationale: Security. 

ANSWER: The solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q529: CA.10.2 Statement of Account: We seek clarification of item d: "Identification of purchases outside of normal parameters." Fleet cards, in general, already have built-in control mechanisms to establish purchasing parameters. 

ANSWER: This refers to the requirement in C.29 for identification of "unusual spending patterns or frequencies". 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CA.11, Fleet Card Program Reporting Requirements

Q530: CA.11 Fleet Card Program Reporting Requirements: Account Activity Report - Does the "Non-Fuel Charges" mean charges for other services the merchant provides that may be subject to Form 1099 reporting? 

ANSWER: Non-fuel charges may be for maintenance, oil, car wash, repair, etc.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q531: CA.11.2, Statistical Summary Report for Fleet: Add a field for Total Number of Cards In Inventory; Change (i) to "Number of Active Cards (recently used cards)"; Add the words "Number of" to the front of fields (f) & (g) and (k) through (n); and Add a field for Number of Cards Deleted. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Travel Card

General

Q532: We would like the option of not requiring employees' to provide their social security number when applying for a travel card with a contractor. Because a credit report will not be conducted by the contractor, the contractor shouldn't need the social security number as an identifier. Instead, an alpha-numeric code could be used as a means of personal identification (see references to SSN on pages 91 and 164, CB.40.1.10 and CB.15.1.12, Tracking Individually Billed Account Payment) and page 140, under Card Personalization). 

ANSWER: The draft solicitation provides for a 12-digit alphanumeric identification number. The references provided are for the initial draft statement of work. Please be advised that a draft solicitation was issued that replaced the draft statement of work. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.1, Background for Travel Card Services

Q533: CB.1 Please provide number of cards in Exhibit 7. 

ANSWER: The number of cards are provided in Exhibit 7d. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q534: Any amounts charged in excess of the allowable reimbursement are paid to the contractor out of the employee's personal funds. Does this mean that personal spend is permitted? 

ANSWER: This is a government travel card for official government use only. The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q535: The system consists of individually billed employee accounts with and without automated teller machine (ATM) access... Will the agency limit who has access? Will tiering the limits be considered?

ANSWER: The agency will specify which accounts should have ATM access. Please clarify the tiered limits concept. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.2, Definitions

Q536: CB.2 Cardholder Application: Definition states that an application shall be used for individually billed accounts. Would this encompass the use of enrollment via diskette or e-mail or is a paper application required? 

ANSWER: Applications may be forwarded in a variety of media. The original cardholder agreement will be forwarded as stated in the solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q537: CB.2 Government Travel Regulations: Will government employees be using the travel card for relocation? How does the government handle relocation?  

ANSWER: GSA is researching this issue and will provide a response with the issuance of the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = 

Q538: CB.2 Split Disbursements - Is this referring to a card and cash process or equivalent to the direct pay process?  

ANSWER: A direct pay process. The definition will be revised in the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q539: CB.2 Billing cycle definition will also apply to centrally billed accounts. Why not listed as such?  

ANSWER: This is defined in C.2, Definitions. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * 

CB.4, Merchant Acceptance for the Travel Card Program

Q540: CB.4 Merchant Acceptance for the Travel Card Program: Please clarify the requirement for acceptance "by airports". Is this for landing fees or does this mean stores/shops/etc. located in airports? 

ANSWER: It means shops, stores, restaurants, etc. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.5, Card Design and Embossing for the Travel Card Program

Q541: Please provide the card design. 

ANSWER: The card design may be viewed at our Web site: 

http://www.fss.gsa.gov/fm/future/index.cfm 

Please review it for compliance with industry design standards. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q542: CB.5.1 Face Side of Travel Cards: The requirement lists many potential card designs, depending on purpose. In order to ensure widespread acceptance and eliminate confusion at the merchant level, the Government should keep to a standard card design. Common commercial practice is to issue purchasing, travel and fleet cards with a standard background and limited customization (e.g., company logos only). A common look will help the airline, hotel and car rental industries as well as new merchants to card acceptance. 

ANSWER: This is provided for in the solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q543: Our interpretation of the requirement suggest as many as 11 card program designs. This could further multiply by the number of agencies who could require a unique look. These customized designs require additional lead time to print and monitor quality control. The customization will extend the implementation and replacement time frames as well as increase the overall contract price. From an economic and quality perspective, the Government should provide limited number of background designs with sufficient lead time to print the cards. We recommend that any agency customizations should be moved to value-added services. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q189. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q544: CB.5.1: The contractor shall be able to print individual department, agency or organization name and a minimum 15 digit alphanumeric discretionary field. Please clarify "printed" regarding card design. Will the 15 digit field vary within each individual department? 

ANSWER: Printed means to print on the background card design as opposed to embossing the information. The print will be flat-surfaced. The 15-digit field will vary. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q545: CB.5.1: Vendors must comply with ISO/ANSI standards. Only so much of this will fit on a piece of plastic which may restrict layout. Is there any preference as to hierarchy? 

ANSWER: The background card design will meet industry standards. See answer to Q183. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q546: The Draft RFP stipulates the required data fields to be embossed on the face of the card. However, there are some fields, not mentioned in the requirement that are standard commercial design (e.g., effective date). Please clarify whether additional information can be embossed on the card in addition to the Government specifications. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q191. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q547: CB.5.1 Please explain the use of a 15 character alphanumeric discretionary field that may be printed on the face of the card. Is it a requirement for each individual card to have a unique number? If so, this will substantially increase the cost and turnaround time of producing the cards and will reduce the economic return to Government. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q544. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q548: CB.5.2, City Pair Program Identifier: Does this term's usage here really reflect the entire air travel procurement program as stated on p.152 in CB.2? 

ANSWER: The task order should identify whether or not the activity is eligible to use the city pair program. The requirement is for the Contractor to ensure that only those authorized users of the City Pair Program have the identifying symbol of "CPP" on the card. It has nothing to do with the identifying the various city pair routes.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q549: CB.5.2 - Will there be City Pair participants and non-participants within the same agency? 

ANSWER: If an executive agency is a mandatory user of the City Pair Program, all the Federal employees within that executive branch agency would be participants in the City Pair Program. If however, that agency had cost reimbursable contractors working for the agency, those cost reimbursable contractors would not be able to use the City Pair Program. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q550: CB.5.2 City Pair Program Identifier: Please clarify whether the term "user" applies to an agency or a traveler. If the requirement is for an agency, please qualify that you will provide the Contractor with a list of authorized users. If the requirement is for an individual, we suggest that you delete the word "ensure." The word ensure seems to indicate contractors will have to go through an independent check to "ensure" eligibility. Placing such a requirement on the Contractor will reduce the economic return to the Government. 

ANSWER: A user could be either a centrally billed account or individually billed account. When agencies submit the task order, the agency will indicate whether (and which of) its centrally and individually billed accounts have CPP access. The language will remain unchanged.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q551: CB.5.2 City Pair Program Identifier: Could the City Pair Program identifier be an internal identifier in the vendor's system or does it have to be on the plastic? 

ANSWER: The CPP is on the plastic and included in the government-provided background card design. See answer to Q183. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q552: May the contractor decide whether the city pair program identifier is embossed or printed on the card? 

ANSWER: No.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q553: What is the need for a non city pair plastic design?

ANSWER: To assist in eliminating confusion at the point-of-sale; the different prefix and numbering system assists in eliminating confusion at other purchase points. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.6, Account Number for the Travel Card Program

Q554: CB.6 - Please clarify the definition of the term "account number". Is it the card number or a number in the reporting system that can be tied back to the card? 

ANSWER: The card number. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q555: CB.6, Account Number for the travel card program: This section indicates a requirement for 4 separate prefixes and numbering systems to identify different categories of the travel card program. Please clarify the definition of a prefix and numbering system. 

ANSWER: A prefix is generally four to five digits in length and generally denote the issuer and bank identification number. The remaining numbers are the numbering system. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q556: CB.6 Account Number for the Travel Card Program: Please clarify the following points: How will the contractors be informed that agencies and travelers qualify for the City Pairs programs?  

ANSWER: Program forms completed by the agency when issuing the task order will indicate City Pair Access eligibility. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q557: What constitutes a non city pair employee?  

ANSWER: This is described in the Scope of the Contract for the Travel Card Program (reference the addendum to 52.212-4, paragraph 24). 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q558: If agencies are switched from Non-City Pairs qualified to City Pairs Qualified, a reissuance of all the outstanding plastic will need to be performed. 

ANSWER: Yes; however, users in this category rarely convert to mandatory use.  

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.10, Travel Card Program and Transaction Data for Centrally Billed Accounts

Q559: CB.10.1 Why is there a requirement to record a city pair program identifier in the master file if contractors must provide separate prefixes and numbering systems for individually and centrally billed accounts with city pair program access? Won't the unique account number serve the same purpose.  

ANSWER: No. The master file is what the contractors will use to determine which card(s) to issue. The account structure is an identifier for other entities (e.g., airlines, GSA). 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q560: CB.10.2 Travel Card Program Transaction Data for Centrally Billed Accounts: Hotel folio data is not available therefore we cannot comply as an industry to the FSA. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will revised to reflect a change in the Act's requirement for reporting FSA data. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q561: CB.10.2 Need clarification if GSA will mandate that this be provided from the merchants. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q560. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q562: Is the information regarding Hotel/Motel fire Safety Act currently provided by hotel/motels as part of the transaction data? 

ANSWER: See answer to Q560. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q563: Is this information provided by common carriers today? 

ANSWER: Yes. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q564: CB.10.2 Travel Card Program Transaction Data for Centrally Billed Accounts: For centrally billed accounts, it is not uncommon that international common carriers do not transmit fundamental information such as passenger name, ticket numbers, class of travel, etc. Contractors cannot provide information that is not transmitted by these carriers. Therefore, we suggest that this requirement be modified to add the phrase "when transmitted by the common carrier to the contractor." 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q565: CB.10.2.a Hotel/Motel FSA: Contractor will indicate FSA information if provided by the merchant in their charge transmission. The Government should either require hotels to pass this data to the card company or obtain this information from another source (e.g., TMC/CTO). Note that using the card infrastructure to manage FSA information takes place after the reservation has been made versus using the relatively more proactive TMC/CTO file which is utilized at the time of reservation. Additionally, TMCs are contractually required to provide this information to the Government. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q560. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q566: Despite requests for this information, hotel establishments are not providing the number of room nights today. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q560. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q567: CB.10.2.b Airline ticket numbers: If the TMC/CTO is making airline reservations, the Contractor will record the airline ticket number if provided by the TMC/CTO. Contracts between the Government and TMC/CTO should require the travel agent to provide ticket number to the card company. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q560. This recommendation will be furnished to the GSA regional offices which establish TMC contracts. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q568: CB.10.1 - Is GSA looking for identification of the centrally billed organization as a participant in the City Pair Program or are they looking for rolled-up information on the City Pair activity?  

ANSWER: GSA is looking for the centrally billed account as a participant in the City Pair Program by agency. Reporting requirements in C.39 will be revised to include a new report that indicates City Pair Program users. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q569: CB.10.2 Travel Card Program Transaction Data for Centrally Billed Accounts: a) Hotel/Motel Fire Safety Act statistics - In order for an issuer to provide this information, it is necessary for the merchant to capture the information and for this information to be passed with the transaction to the issuer. Currently, Hotel/Motel Fire Safety Compliance flags are not a data element which is captured as part of either Mastercard's or Visa's travel detailed data addendum records. It is our understanding that the information requested is already available through the Travel Management Centers and Central Travel Offices. This would satisfy the requirement for agencies to use approved accommodations. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q570: Regarding the Hotel/Motel Fire Safety Act (FSA) in Paragraph a, we request that the GSA delete the entire FSA data requirements for each transaction: 1) number of room nights, and 2) a yes/no indicator showing if the lodging establishment is FSA-compliant or furnish suggested sources for this information. It is our understanding that FSA compliance information is currently stored in reservation databases used by the Government's Travel Management Centers (TMCs) and Commercial Travel Offices (CTOs) who assist Government employees with travel arrangements. This sentiment was echoed at the 6/16 GSA meeting by Karen Alderman from the Department of Defense. This information is not currently captured at the lodging establishment at the time of the transactions. It would be burdensome for both the lodging industry and the payments processing infrastructure to comply with this requirement when the information is readily available to the Government from other sources. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q571: CB.10.2.a. Travel Card Program Transaction Data for Centrally Billed Accounts: Hotel/Motel Fire Safety Act (FSA) statistics should be validated before a Government employee stays at a hotel/motel. This information is available through the travel reservation system rather than being captured after the employee has already stayed at the location. 

ANSWER: (Q569 - Q571) See answer to Q560. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.11, Travel Card Program Centrally Billed Accounts

Q572: CB.11.1, Account Set-up for Centrally Billed Travel Card Accounts:

Is expenditure limit equivalent to a per-transaction limit or a monthly spending limit? 

ANSWER: This means that the accounts may be set up without the authorization controls listed in C.30. The final solicitation will be revised to make this more clear. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q573: CB.11.3: Need clarification on what is needed on invoices - 2 copies of the statement? Or statement information (data) to the GSA office? 

ANSWER: A copy of the invoice must be provided to the agency's TMC/CTO as directed by the agency. The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q574: CB.11.4 Billing Discrepancies for Centrally Billed Travel Card Accounts: The first sentence indicates that any unreconciled item should be automatically considered a disputed charge whereas the second sentence states that it is the responsibility of the organization to notify the contractor of disputed charges. Standard commercial practice requires cardholders to take action on discrepancies and file a formal dispute within 60 days. Otherwise the transaction in deemed acceptable and a cardholder obligation. We suggest that the first sentence be deleted. The second sentence is in line with commercial practice, the first is not. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised to make this more clear. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q575: CB.11.4 Are items not paid considered to be in dispute? 

ANSWER: Items that are not reconciled are considered to be disputed items. See subparagraphs a) and b) of CB.11.4. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q576: CB.11.5 Advance Credit: We suggest adding the sentence: "The Contractor will deduct the amount of advanced credit upon receipt of advanced credit documentation from the agency or TMC/CTO." In order to deduct advanced credit the Contractor needs documentation of the advanced credit. However, some agencies/organizations could be credited the charge twice, once for "advanced credit" and once when regular credit is shown. Requiring documentation before deduction will reduce billing discrepancies, make reconciliation easier and increase user satisfaction. It will also provide an audit trail for transactions and advanced credits. 

ANSWER: No change will be made.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q577: CB.11.6 Tracking Centrally Billed Account Payment: Please clarify the requirement to cross reference a payment to a ticket number. Is this to each airline ticket? 

ANSWER: It is to any common carrier ticket. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q578: CB.11.6 Need clarification and/or example on tracking and cross referencing payments for centrally billed accounts. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q579. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q579: We suggest changing this section to read: "The Contractor will track all payment data requested by the Government as provided by the Government. The Contractor will work with the Government to identify these data elements and ensure they are tracked and reported. The agencies or TMCs shall be required to provide detailed support on their remittances indicating the line items (e.g. ticket numbers) to which payments are to be applied." These changes will support easier reconciliation and minimize billing discrepancies. 

ANSWER: The solicitation will be similarly revised to include language similar to that in C.35.11. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.12, Travelers Checks

Q580: Travelers Checks, the denominations are too high. Providing check denominations of $500 and $1,000 is too excessive. There is too great of a chance of abuse. 

ANSWER: This was already revised in the draft solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q581: Please clarify existing uses of traveler's checks domestically and internationally. Use of traveler's checks does not allow electronic capture of purchase data. 

ANSWER: Travelers checks are used where a card product is not accepted. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.13, Travel Card Program Reporting Requirements

Q582: CB.13.1 Agency Reporting Requirements - Account Activity Report: Merchants do not always have the capability through their Point of Sale devices to pass information such as address and TIN. Why is TIN an important data element for Travel card charges? Also, please define "roll-up". Is this summary level? We suggest amending to "Contractor will include available merchant information in the Account Activity Report". 

ANSWER: C.34 asterisks the various Level 2 and Level 3 data elements already. Roll-up is a summary level report at any hierarchy chosen. No change will be made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q583: Regarding the Hotel/Motel Fire Safety Act (FSA), we request that the GSA delete the requirement that the Contractor provide a report listing FSA data and the percentage compliance to the FSA for each agency/organization. Alternatively, the GSA should provide sources for this data or work to get industry to report this. It is our understanding that FSA compliance information is currently stored in reservation databases used by the Government's Travel Management Centers (TMCs) and Commercial Travel Offices (CTOs) who assist Government employees with travel arrangements. We recommend that each agency/organization should mandate employee compliance by establishing a Travel Card policy that requires government employees to stay at FSA-compliant lodging establishments and book their travel though Travel Management Centers (TMCs) and Commercial Travel Offices (CTOs) where the FSA compliance information is readily available. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q560. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q584: CB.13.7 What is the frequency of the report for per card fees and pre-funded cards? 

ANSWER: Reports must correspond with the agency/organization billing cycle unless otherwise specified by the agency/organization (reference C.38). 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.14, Travel Card Program and Transaction Data for Individually Billed Accounts

Q585: CB.14.1 Please explain the use of the 12 digit alphanumeric ID# to verify employment. 

ANSWER: This could be a social security number or some other identifying number to cross reference the account to a cardholder. The final solicitation will be revised. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.15, Travel Card Program Individually Billed Accounts:

Q586: CB.15 If an APC or other authorized government official requests a suspension be lifted on an individual travel card account, can the new purchases, if unpaid, be charged back against the authorizing/requesting agency? If not, why not? 

ANSWER: No. The Government accepts no liability for charges made against individually billed accounts. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q587: "Although the Government authorizes individually billed accounts to be established, the Government accept no liability for charges made against the individually billed accounts." How will termination reporting occur (frequency and vehicle)? Will the Government have liability beyond a point for when an Agency fails to notify of termination? 

ANSWER: The Government does not accept liability for individually billed accounts. Agency processes regarding termination of employees are governed by agency guidelines and not a part of this contract.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q588: CB.15.1 e) Payment schedule - Will summary of a billing cycle suffice (detail or policy)? 

ANSWER: Please clarify the question.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q589: CB.15.1.2, Preset Limits: The bankcard world operates with preset limits for all cardholders. In order to bring equity to this solicitation among potential contractors, please review this requirement so as to allow the contractor to work with the agency/organization in defining the appropriate limit for each type of account. 

ANSWER: While the requirement will not change, the final solicitation will be clarified.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q590: CB.15.1.2/CB.15.1.3 Card issuance and Delivery for Individually Billed Travel Card Accounts - These sections appear to conflict regarding the processing of applications. In Section 15.1.2 it states that "The original cardholder agreement will be forwarded by the A/OPC within three (3) business days of the request to open the account." However, Section CB.15.1.3 states, "Establish new individually billed accounts upon receipt of a completed application that was approved by the A/OPC." Both sections refer to individually billed accounts, therefore, there may be a conflict in receiving the application and processing within 3 days. Please clarify. CB.15.1.2. 

ANSWER: There is no conflict. Reference CB.15.1.3 which defines a completed application.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q591: CB.15.1.4 Emergency Account Set-Up and Card Delivery: Add requirement that these cards be delivered via expedited means e.g., FEDEX. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q592: Cardholder Agreement, should state who can provide exceptions to the prohibitions. In the previous guidance the GSA Contracting Officer was providing guidance in this area. There should also be a telephone number that the cardholder can call to obtain additional guidance in this area. 

ANSWER: Use of the card is restricted to official US Government travel and travel-related expenses. Agencies should provide relevant information to their cardholders. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q593: CB.15.1.2, Account Set Up for Individually Billed Accounts: Does (c) include (and therefore preclude setting) a preset credit or spending limit? If so, this represents a gap as we must set cardholder credit limits. 

ANSWER: Yes. The requirement will not change; however, the final solicitation will be clarified.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q594: CB.15.1.3 Card Issuance and Delivery for Individually Billed Travel Card Accounts: Please clarify how a completed application can be required to have a cardholder signature when it is not possible to transmit cardholder signatures electronically. As an alternative, we suggest that agencies be required to submit completed hard copy applications (with signature) within three business days of receipt of electronic application. 

ANSWER: Electronic signatures are possible through technology. Please reference the last paragraph of CB.15.1.2, where it indicates that the original cardholder agreement will be forwarded to the contractor. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q595: CB.15.1.3.d) All references to making cards valid for a specific time period.... please clarify - does GSA mean "elapsed time" for expiring based on issuing date? Or all cards expire at the same date? f) What is the difference between this and CB.15.1.4? 

ANSWER: Expiration date should be based on contractor recommendations as agreed to by the agency. For security reasons, all cards should not expire on the same date. CB.15.1.4 is the government's requirement for emergency account set up.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q596: CB.15.1.5 Can the GSA define all information necessary referenced in card renewal section? 

ANSWER: Reference C.38.1(f) Renewal report for required information.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q597: CB.15.1.6 - Will RSV stickers suffice as verification of card receipt? 

ANSWER: Define RSV stickers and describe the process.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q598: CB.15.1.7, Statement of Account: Is GSA aware that "sending" within 5 business days after end of cycle does not guarantee delivery in the same timeframe? Tests mailings to some area codes arrive 14 calendar days later. 

ANSWER: GSA is aware of this. The final solicitation will include postal addressing guidelines that contractors/agencies should use to ensure timely delivery.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q599: CB.15.1.8 Split Disbursement: The definition of "split disbursement" in this section does not appear to be consistent with the definition in section CB.2. We suggest changing the words "split disbursement" in this section to either "split billing" or "diversionary billing" which are common commercial terms used for what the GSA is describing in this section. 

ANSWER: Split Disbursement will be revised to: Payment made by the Government or a third party at the cardholder's direction. At the cardholder's request, disbursement is split, where the card service provider may receive a direct payment by the Government or a third party entity of a cardholder-specified/vouchered amount and the rest of payment is disbursed to an account (cardholder's personal bank account or other account) or to the cardholder. Purchases paid directly by the Government or a third party and generally include large ticket items such as common carrier, hotel and rental car charges. Payment is generally made using the Social Security Number as the unique identifier. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q600: We suggest changing the first sentence to read: "The Contractor will have the ability to record information to identify charges for the split billing if the information is provided by the agency." 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q601: This requirement identifies that large ticket items (e.g. airlines, hotel and car rental) are diverted to a central bill account when a cardholder completes these purchases using their individual plastic. Diverted charges to a central bill are the liability of the U.S. Government and not the cardholder. Cardholders should not be expensing these large ticket items and should only be expensing the incidental expenses put on a charge account.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q602: If "split disbursement" is to be translated as a split payment, then we recommend deletion of the requirement. The splitting of the payment between the individually billed account and a centrally billed account crosses account liability rules and does not conform to standard commercial practice. 

ANSWER: (Q600 - Q602) See answer to Q599. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q603: CB.15.1.9.h Rebill Proper Charges: Please modify this requirement for the Contractor to include "original transaction data or cross reference information, if available". It is common industry practice to keep data 30-45 days on an active database. After that time, the manual effort would outweigh the benefits of including the original transaction data through increased expense of rebilling and delayed posting to the account. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q604: CB.15.1.10 Reconciliation Assistance: The level of assistance required of contractors is open-ended with respect to time and staff resources. Since this assistance constitutes a cost to the contractor that is not definable, this section should be deleted and such reconciliation services be considered a priced Tier 2 - Value Added Service. 

ANSWER: This is reconciliation assistance for individually billed accounts and will remain a core requirement. See answer to Q605. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q605: "The contractor shall assist cardholders in the reconciliation of individually billed accounts as requested." How detailed - provide standard statement and balance substantiation? 

ANSWER: The contractor is expected to provide standard commercial assistance to individually billed accounts. The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q606: CB.15.1.12, Tracking Individually Billed Account Payment: If SSN must be part of payment Tracking, this must be supplied at account setup. 

ANSWER: If an agency requires the cardholder's SSN or another identifier, the agency will provide that information at account set-up.  

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.16, Individually Billed Travel Card Accounts and Credit Bureaus

Q607: CB.16 Individually Billed Travel Card Accounts and Credit Bureaus: We will perform a Promotional Inquiry prior to card issuance. This has no positive or negative effect on an individual's credit report and does not even show up. We must do a risk assessment on all cardholders because we are extending an unsecured loan, unless the government and its unions share in the risk. 

ANSWER: Unless authorized by the task order, the contractor cannot conduct a promotional inquiry prior to card issuance. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q608: It is common credit card industry practice to perform a credit check on a prospective cardholder prior to the issuance of an unsecured line of credit. If credit checks as a condition of initial card issuance are not going to be allowed, we feel that the government should assume liability for those unauthorized purchases that benefit the government either directly or indirectly. The card associations provide their members with various liability protection programs to protect their members and their corporations (in this case, the government) from situations where a cardholder fraudulently uses his/her card. Some of these programs provides coverage when the cardholder agreement stipulates individual liability for cardholder charges to the extent that the fraudulent charge did not benefit the company/government either directly or indirectly. Without the acceptance of some liability by the government, we believe that the inability of Contractors (issuers) to perform credit checks seriously increases their risk and could prevent them from responding to the GSA's solicitation. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q607. The Government will not accept liability for individually billed accounts. GSA appreciates your input. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q609: CB.16 Individually Billed Travel Card Accounts and Credit Bureaus: GSA should eliminate the textual suggestion that Government Card Program cardholders will have a statutory right to revoke consent to credit checks at any time in accordance with the Right to Financial Privacy Act (12 U.S.C. ยง 3401 et seq.). The Draft RFP wrongly suggests that Government Card Program cardholders will have a statutory right to revoke consent to credit checks at any time in accordance with the Right to Financial Privacy Act (see RFP p. 161). Contrary to that suggestion, the Right to Financial Privacy Act ("RFPA") would not apply to credit check information a contractor might obtain from a credit reporting agency, for several reasons. First, credit reporting agencies are not "financial institutions" covered by the RFPA. Second, credit check information does not amount to a disclosure of covered "customer" information by credit reporting entity. Finally, the collection and disclosure of consumer information by credit reporting agencies is governed by an entirely different federal statute, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, 15 U.S.C. ยง 1681 et seq. 

ANSWER: GSA is researching this issue. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q610: In the commercial market we perform "risk assessments" which differ from "credit checks" in two ways: 

(1) While a credit bureau is pulled on the cardholder, there is no record of the inquiry, so there is no effect on the cardholder's credit. 

(2) All cardholders receive a card, regardless of their credit history. In cases where a risk is identified, the following measures are taken: 

1. The cardholder's ability to charge at non-travel merchants is limited. The limitation can be over-ridden as needed. 

2. The cardholder's cash advance limit is reduced. 

3. The account is monitored more closely to ensure the card is only being utilized for official business. 

We strongly believe this type of credit control mechanism will greatly reduce the risk to card issuers, not be overly intrusive to the cardholder, nor create an administrative burden for agencies.  

ANSWER: See answer to Q607.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = 

Q611: We object to any provision that allows the contractor to supply credit information or account history to credit reporting bureaus. Under CB.16, the draft solicitation permits the contractor to provide information to a credit bureau where an account has been canceled and the suspension/cancellation report has been provided to the A/OPC. To the extent that the agency may be at fault for unpaid bills in excess of 120 days, the employee may be unjustifiably injured by the reporting of credit history to a credit bureau. However unlikely, there may be circumstances where the agency's failure to process vouchers timely results in the cancellation of an account. In these limited set of circumstances, the employee should not be held responsible for the inefficiency of the government by having their account performance reported to the credit bureau. As mentioned above, law allows the employee to seek reimbursement from the government when the agency has failed to reimburse the employee for official expenses. However, where an employee's credit history is adversely affected by governmental inefficiency, there appears to be no mechanism for remedying the injury. 

ANSWER: This provision is not a change from the current contract. The A/OPC in this case would stop the suspension. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q612: Agency program coordinators should also make decisions regarding credit worthiness checks. The contractor should conduct these checks only if requested by the agency or contracting officer. 

ANSWER: The Government will make the final decision on card issuance. Credit checks are at the agency's option. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q613: "Credit checks would not be conducted to deny an individual a card, rather, to provide the agency/organization limited information...so that the agency/organization can provide the individual an alternative card payment mechanism...". Does this fall within the Fair Credit Reporting Act: can personal credit information be disclosed? "The individual cardholder must provide written consent to the card service provider (e.g., through their cardholder agreement) prior to any credit check being performed and the individual cardholder retains the right to revoke his/her consent to he credit check at any time...". If the Cardholder Agreement addresses this area, does the Agreement allow the vendor to inquire for purposes of excess ATM or personal spend? 

ANSWER: GSA is researching this issue and will provide a response with the issuance of the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q614: CB.16 Individually Billed Travel Card Accounts & Credit: What alternatives does the Government allow for the collection of unpaid balances for individually billed travel card accounts, particularly for employees who leave the Government employ? 

ANSWER: Reference CB.17, Individually Billed Travel Card Accounts and Delinquency Control. The Hatch Act also provides legal remedies for contractors to employ in collection activities for government employees.  

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.17, Individually Billed Travel Card Accounts and Delinquency Control

Q615: CB.17 Individually Billed Travel Card Accounts and Delinquency Control: The draft RFP proposes that contractors must ensure that collection practices comply with the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (FDCPA). The applicability of the FDCPA is limited to credit extend for personal, family, or household uses. It is not applicable to commercial credit. Because the RFP will procure services that are commercial in nature, it should not impose compliance responsibilities related to the FDCPA. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.18, Individually Billed Travel Card Account Suspension Procedures

Q616: CB.18 Individually Billed Travel Card Account Suspension Procedures: One of the best risk mitigation measures that can be taken is to permit the APC to request delay or withholding of suspension due to extenuating circumstances. A responsive contractor will not strand a traveler in mid-mission, and the Government has the Past Performance methodology to register disapproval with contractors who are inflexible. An alternative solution would be to tightly define what constitutes an extenuating circumstance. To leave the requirement as is opens the contractors to more risk, reduces the economic return to the Government and creates friction between the contractors and the agencies. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q617: What is the difference between suspension at 61 days and cancellation? 

ANSWER: Cancellation may occur 65 days later (at 126 calendar days). 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q618: CB.18.5 Which documentation, described in CB.18, is being referred to? 

ANSWER: The letter or documented phone call as described in the first paragraph of CB.18. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q619: CB.18.5 Suspension/Reinstatement Record: The requirement to make the suspension 'file' available 'immediately' is vague and unrealistic. What can be made available immediately, by a phone conversation, is the cardholder name, account number, amount owed and delinquency status. Subsequent documentation as listed in the requirement can be provided within 48 hours. We suggest the "immediately" be changed to "within a reasonable time, mutually agreed upon by the Contractor and the A/OPC or GSA Contracting Officer." 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q620: If the APC is employed by the organization who is a candidate for suspension, shouldn't the matter be referred to GSA for a decision as to whether an extension should be granted? 

ANSWER: This section refers to individually billed accounts. Individually billed accounts and suspension actions should not be referred to the GSA Contracting Officer, but should be referred to the cardholder's A/OPC. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.19, Individually Billed Travel Card Account Cancellation Procedures

Q621: CB.19 Individually Billed Travel Card Account Cancellation Procedures: The third item states: "Use of the Card for other than authorized purchases and suspension is approved by the A/OPC." We suggest either changing the word "suspension" to "cancellation" or clarifying the meaning of the sentence. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q622: We recommend that the reasons for the contractor initiating cancellation of individually billed accounts be broadened to include when the employee leaves the agency and fraud. Cancellation for these reasons should be permissible immediately and not require the delayed procedures outlined. It is industry practice to cancel cards when fraud is identified or when an employee departs an organization. These cancellations should be permissible with concurrent notification to the A/OPC.  

ANSWER: If the employee leaves the agency, the A/OPC will initiate cancellation as described in the solicitation. The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q623: CB.19.3 States " canceled individually billed accounts may be referred to credit bureaus". Does refer equate to report? What is the method for reporting? 

ANSWER: The contractor may provide information in accordance with C.16(b). The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q624: CB.19.6 Can the cardholder request cancellation? 

ANSWER: Yes. Cardholders must coordinate any cancellation request through their agency.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q625: CB.19.5 Which documentation, described in CB.19, is being referred to? 

ANSWER: The letter or documented phone call as referenced in the first paragraph. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.20, Liability for Individually Billed Accounts on the Travel Card Program

Q626: GSA's initial response to this was that reimbursement was "an administrative matter between the agency and employee, not a contractual matter between the Government and the Contractor." While this is an administrative matter, it is also a contractual matter among the Contractor, the cardholder, and the Government because courts will generally not enforce collection actions against cardholders for unreimbursed expenses. This would undermine the financial integrity of the program and cause bidders to be much more conservative financially. 

ANSWER: The language will remain unchanged. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q627: Lost or Stolen Cards: Will the government assume liability for fraud loss exposure on highline cards? 

ANSWER: The Government does not accept liability for individually billed accounts. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.21, Late Fees on Individually Billed Travel Card Accounts

Q628: CB.21 - Why was imposition of late fees changed from 60 to 120 days? 

ANSWER: Due to the tremendous response from agency customers on the significant administrative burdens to determine fault and amount. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q629: CB.21 Late Fees on Individually Billed Travel Card Accounts: Speaking as a bankcard issuer, because we have tremendous acceptance which can provide an effective audit trail and data mining tool. We feel that by imposing late fees at 120 days, this approach will monetarily starve bankcard issuers. At the June 16, 1997 meeting, your intention of relaxing the 60 day late fee standards was to free up the administrative burden of late fees. Yet your approach to this RFP with multiple vendors was to have a competitive environment with emerging technology and benefits to the federal government. This approach could ultimately backfire and end up costing more money. 

ANSWER: As also discussed in the June 16, 1997, meeting, we understand by not allowing late fees, there may be less competition at the master contract level. The Government is fully aware of this. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q630: This section has changed to reflect billing of late fees at 120 days past due. Do the reimbursement practices of the Government require such a lengthy timeframe for payment of the account? Would GSA be willing to review a contractor's proposal that includes the assessment of late fees at 60 days past due and a higher rebate to the Agency? This section reads as if late fees can only be assessed on undisputed principal billing 120 days past due? Could the GSA clarify? 

ANSWER: Reimbursement practices vary by agency. Alternative pricing proposals will be evaluated-however, the offeror must provide a proposal in accordance with solicitation requirements. For master contract purposes, late fees may only be assessed on the undisputed charge made on individually billed accounts that are 120 calendar days past the closing date on the statement of account in which the charges appeared and have been canceled in accordance with CB.19. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q631: Define standard commercial late fee. Is this a percentage of the total past due or a fixed amount? 

ANSWER: Industry will define this. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q632: We renew our objection to the imposition of late fees on individual cardholders. Our opposition is somewhat mitigated by CB.21 which permits late fees only after the cancellation of the individual account. To the extent that the provision allows for the imposition of liability on employees where the government is actually at fault, we strongly believe that the agency should assume liability for these late fees. Where an account is canceled as a result of the government's inefficiency, the employee should not pay late fees to the contractor. If the employee can demonstrate that the government is at fault, the government should reimburse the contractor directly. Assuming the government is at fault for the card cancellation, employees may be forced to pay late fees to the contractor and then seek reimbursement from the agency under federal travel regulations. Employees should not be required to navigate the administrative maze associated with reimbursement when the government is responsible for the delay in payment to the contractor. Therefore, the solicitation should include a provision that allows employees to timely assert that the government is responsible for the card cancellation and that any late fees should be paid by the agency. 

ANSWER: This is a policy issue and should not be governed by contract. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q633: The individual liability section also includes a provision allowing agencies, through its task order, to permit the imposition of late fees in accordance with standard commercial practices. According to the provision, the agency may exercise this authority only upon successful negotiations with the appropriate union. We endorse the use of negotiations to reach agreements in this area, but we oppose any provision that allows the government to impose late fees against individual cardholders where the government is at fault for payment delays to the contractor. Standard commercial practices allow the imposition of late fees after 30 days of nonpayment for some corporate cards. If the government were as efficient as the private sector in processing travel vouchers, we would not oppose shortening the period for which late fees could be imposed. However, until such time as the government demonstrates that it is capable of reimbursing employees expeditiously for travel expenses, we will continue to object to provisions that impose personal liability on employees. 

ANSWER: Administrative processes should be governed by policy, not by contract.  

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Q634: CB.22 - Please clarify GSA's position on reinstatement fees for travel cards. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q25. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q635: The first paragraph needs revision. We understand that a contractor may not charge a reinstatement fee, but are confused with the later part of the sentence. Can the contractor charge a reinstatement fee if approval is given by the Government? 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.23, Per Card Annual Fees or Pre-Funded Cards for Individually Billed Travel Card Accounts

Q636: CB.23, Per Card Annual Fees or Pre-Funded Cards for Individually Billed Travel Card Accounts: Please clarify pre-funded cards. 

ANSWER: Pre-funded cards are equivalent to secured cards. They are a travel advance on a card product. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q637: CB.23, Pre-Funded Cards: Are the prefunded amounts to be held as collateral or as an account from which to pay the cardholder's bill? 

ANSWER: As an account/fund from which to pay the cardholder's bill. A pre-funded card is a travel advance on a card product.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q638: It would be useful for the GSA to provide a definition of "pre-funded card" as used in CB.23, and an explanation of how this type of card functions within the travel reimbursement process. For example, does the contractor draw directly from a bank account funded by the Government to pay for charges incurred by the individual cardholder? If so, does the cardholder submit an expense voucher to his/her agency/organization? How is the voucher processed? Will a pre-funded card be a mandatory element for DoD or other agencies/organizations, or will contractors be encouraged to offer other products as alternative payment mechanisms? 

ANSWER: See answer to Q636. The process will be defined in ordering agency's task orders. DoD has indicated that it will require pre-funded cards. The solicitation provides for other risk mitigation measures at the task order level. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =

Q639: CB.23.b Pre-Funded Card: The criteria for permitting cardholders to migrate from a pre-funded card to a 'regular' card are far too vague. Simply using a pre-funded card, which is funded by the Government, in an appropriate manner does not demonstrate that the cardholder can manage the individual liability of a 'regular' card. Industry practice is to screen even those who have demonstrated their ability to use a pre-funded card appropriately to determine if they qualify for an individual liability card. The contractors should be permitted to arrive at a mutually-agreed upon screening process with the agencies to determine who may migrate from a pre-funded card to a 'regular' card. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q640: CB.23 Per Card Annual Fees or Pre-Funded Cards for Individually Billed Travel Card Accounts: With respect to the pre-funded card alternative, the card is not sufficiently flexible to accommodate the needs of employees. If the employee is required to stay on travel longer than anticipated, the pre-determined amount on the card may be inadequate. There may be processing delays in the request for additional funds to be put on the card. In this case, the employee would have to expend personal funds in order to meet any expenses normally paid by the government's per diem rate. The draft solicitation fails to address this issue, and it also omits any discussion of how the employee would be reimbursed for expending personal funds for official purposes. In a June 17 meeting, GSA and other procurement officials conceded that the above scenario was a limitation of the pre-funded card. These same officials recommended that the employee on travel whose pre-funded card has been depleted call the 1-800 number on the back of the card. The use of the 1-800 number is not a solution because there may be circumstances where money is simply unavailable, or the employee can't get through to the operator, or it is inconvenient for an employee to make an immediate phone call. 

It is also conceivable that an employee will exceed the pre-determined amount on the card while on travel. For example, if an employee goes out to dinner and the amount of the individual bill exceeds what is left on the card, how should the employee handle the payment. Can the employee put part of the bill on the card, and pay for the remainder out of pocket? Or does the employee have to pay the entire bill out of pocket? If the entire bill must be paid out of pocket, how will reimbursement work? In this situation, the employee would be entitled to the amount actually left on the card with the excess costs being incurred individually. As far as we can tell, the solicitation fails to address how these reimbursement procedures would operate.  

Maybe the individual agency task orders will resolve these questions, but they remain important problems for employees. 

ANSWER: These are administrative issues that should governed by policy, not by contract. The final solicitation includes a requirement that the Contractor have the ability to replenish the pre-funded card or allow authorization to do so. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q641: Per Card Annual Fees: In reference to the criteria for poor payment performance, it appears that the first bullet point states that if an account goes 60 days past due, a card fee could be assessed for one year. Is this correct? 

ANSWER: In the example provided, an individually billed account could be assessed an annual fee IF the agency chose to include this risk mitigation measure in its task order. Contractors could not assess the fee if the agency did not choose this risk mitigation measure. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q642: The Per Card Annual Fees description states, "Should individually billed accounts once again meet the poor payment performance definition, the Contract may reinstate the annual per card fee as described above." Should the word Contract be replaced with contractor? 

ANSWER: Yes. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q643: Pre-funded Card: The first paragraph indicates, "pre-funded card option shall be limited to those individually billed accounts that meet the poor payment performance definition as specified above, for the specific agency/organization level." The third paragraph then states, "pre-funded cards may also be offered as a standard risk mitigation measure regardless of payment." This appears to be a contradiction and may have little impact on the program, however there might be a lot of pre-funded cards if they can be offered at the agency's discretion rather than based on pay performance. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q644: Pre-funded Card: Are Pre-Funded cards to be in a specific range? Does this equate to a Letter of Guarantee? 

ANSWER: Pre-funded cards are similar to secured cards. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =

Q645: Risk Mitigation Measures--We have no problem with contractors charging an annual per card fee for individually billed travel card accounts that have demonstrated poor payment performance. However, it is not appropriate for agencies to pay the fees. Annual card fees should be addressed in the agreement between the card company and the individual cardholder. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation eliminates the per card fee as a risk mitigation measure. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q646: Pre-funded cards provide a valuable tool in managing the travel card program. Expanding authorization controls to accommodate specific departure and arrival locations could also enhance the use of pre-funded cards. 

ANSWER: No response required. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q647: If an agency decides not to use the pre-funded card option for an employee whose credit check indicates problems, is the card vendor required to issue a card to that employee anyway? 

ANSWER: Yes. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q648: If pre-funded cards are used, how will the pre-funded dollars be treated - e.g. carried as non-interest bearing balances. Will the agencies develop a mechanism to track and administer these pre-funded cards? Does the GSA envision one card that can be flipped from regular charge activity to pre-funded status? 

ANSWER: Pre-funded cards are a travel advance on a card product similar to a secured card. The contractor will need to report on pre-funded cards as specified in the solicitation. GSA does envision that the one card can be "flipped" from regular charge activity to pre-funded status (same account number). 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Q649: CB.41, Centrally Billed Accounts. States that centrally billed accounts may be used by agencies/organizations for emergency lodging associated with mass movements and other special functions of an individual agency/organization. For lodging accounts, the contractor should be required to provide itemized merchant/lodging facility information per traveler for reconciliation of these accounts--add statement under CB.41.1.1, Account Set-Up for Centrally Billed Accounts). In addition, under CB.41.1.3, Statement of Account, a separate statement should be added for use specifically with lodging accounts, "For each transaction, the statement shall, at a minimum, contain: (a) statement date; (b) account name; (c) account number; (d) transaction reference number (vendor's reference number); (e) merchant/establishment name; (f) Transaction data and traveler's name; (g) Room reservation number per traveler; (h) Room rate; (i) Number of days charged per traveler; (j) 40 character alpha-numeric reference field for agency/organization use to collect accounting and other agency/organization reference data; (k) Foreign conversion rate and methodology; (l) Debit/credit indicator; and (m) Itemized and total monthly charges. Under the current contract, we have tried to use a centrally billed account for group lodging expenses for long-term program training to obtain group discounts and save local tax exemptions. We'd like to expand use of these accounts but have had the following difficulties: Without an itemized statement per traveler, reconciliation has been a major problem with using these accounts for lodging. A lodging coordinator has to be designated to ensure that a lodging facility only charges for actual lodging costs because the lodging facility, in most cases, does not provide the agency with an itemization per traveler. We've also had problems with the lodging agreement usually required by the lodging facility in connection with the use of the lodging account. The agreements have created contractual problems between the agency and the lodging facility because lodging establishments want to charge no-show fees and may require deposits, the payment of which conflicts with both Federal acquisition and agency acquisition policies. 

ANSWER: The references provided are for the initial draft statement of work. Please be advised that a draft solicitation was issued that replaced the draft statement of work. If charges are against a centrally billed account, the card service provider is dependent upon the merchant passing itemized information. Card service providers do not have the ability to control lodging establishments or lodging agreements. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Purchase Card

CC.1, Background for Purchase Card Services

Q650: CC.1 Please provide volumes for purchase dollars, transactions, bank checks or number of cards/accounts. 

ANSWER: Program data was available with the draft solicitation as exhibit 8 and updated figures will be provided with the final solicitation. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *

 

CC.2, Definitions:

Q651: Delegation of Authority: GSA should delete requirement for a separate delegation document, and leave that decision up to the agency. For example, if agency procedures allow it, the card itself may be the delegation certification, or setup forms can document delegation amounts. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will delete this requirement. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q652: Please amplify on the difference between billing date and invoice date. What happens, if anything, when 55 days from invoice date are up (time required for suspension process to begin) but 30 days from billing date are not?  

ANSWER: The billing date is defined as the date the invoice is received by the agency/organization designated billing office in accordance with the Prompt Payment Act. The invoice date is generally the date printed on the invoice. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CC.5, Card Design and Embossing for the Purchase Card ProgramQ653: CC.5 Card Design and Embossing for the Purchase Card Program: For consistency and to avoid confusion by merchants who deal with different Agencies, it is recommended that GSA formally establish that 4716, followed by the necessary number of zeros, is the tax exempt number for Government credit card buys. Either "4716" or "US Government Tax Exempt" should be required to be embossed on all cards so that merchants have a record of the tax exemption for subsequent state tax audits. 

ANSWER: Tax exemption numbers are assigned by each state. The Federal Government cannot create a tax exemption number. "4716" are specific bank identification numbers and denotes a specific commercial issuer. US Tax Exempt is included in the card design. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q654: CC.5.1 "US Government Tax Exempt" and "For Official Use Only" should be printed on the face of the card. 

ANSWER: This is included in the card design. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CC.8, Authorization Controls for the Purchase Card Program

Q655: CC.8, Authorization Controls for the Purchase Card Program: Billing Cycle Limit and Billing Cycle Office Limit. For those of us who use quarterly and annual bulk funding, as defined in FAR 13, the use of quarterly and annual limits are needed for funds control capability. Funds are allocated to cardholders and probably to most other agency cardholders on a quarterly or annual basis, not on an agency billing cycle basis. Billing cycle limits are of limited value to agencies for funds control under quarterly and annual bulk funding because they would need to be adjusted at the end of each billing cycle based on remaining budget balances for the quarter or year. A set, 30-day allocation does not work where billing cycle expenditures are very sporadic. We strongly encourage either a priced option or a minimum requirement for (1) quarterly and annual cardholder limits and (2) quarterly and annual office limits. 

ANSWER: This should be noted in the agency's task order. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q656: Our recommendation is to delete the restrictions listed to allow more flexibility. All of this can be tracked by MCCs. 

ANSWER: No change will be made. This is not a change from the current contract. Contractors may use their merchant category codes to block these types of purchases. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q657: We request that the GSA delete the requirement that the purchase card shall further be restricted as follows: The card shall not be used for long-term rental of lease of land or buildings. We recommend that the GSA utilize the industry-standard Merchant Category Codes (MCCs) to restrict cardholder access to purchasing in specific industries. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q657. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q658: How can contractors know whether or not the card was used for long-term rental or lease of land or buildings? Please define the difference between long term and short term. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q657. Short-term is considered 30 days or less. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Purchase Card Program Accounts

Q659: CC.10 Purchase Card Program Accounts: Please clarify the origin of the 64 digit accounting code. POS? This much data entry would be error prone. 

ANSWER: Master accounting code is provided at account set up by the agency. Not all agencies required 64 digits. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q660: Have offerors include provision for electronic interface for billing. 

ANSWER: This is included in the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q661: Have offerors provide capability for listing of cardholders and phone numbers for Freedom of Information Requests. 

ANSWER: The electronic access system will allow the Government to generate its own ad hoc reports. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Bank Checks:

Q662: CC.11 Bank Checks: The international aspects of issuing, posting, refunding and currency conversion are critical requirements of this process. How does the Government envision this process being implemented? 

ANSWER: The Government expects offerors to identify the implementation processes. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q663: Please define "foreign currency bank checks". This concept is not a common practice today in the banking world. Rather, checks are written in the currency consistent with the location of the bank issuing the check and upon acceptance by the merchant the foreign currency conversion occurs. Please clarify the intent and need in this area. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation eliminates the verbiage. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q664: We cannot guarantee data capture with a bank check. There are none of the authorization controls or spending parameters encoded into a bank check that are encoded into a purchasing card. Use of bank checks will increase the risk of fraud and card abuse. 

ANSWER: The Government recognizes that data capture will be limited on a convenience check. GSA appreciates your input. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q665: Please clarify existing uses of bank checks domestically and internationally. Use of bank checks does not allow for automatic capture of purchase data. 

ANSWER: These are generally used where a card product is not accepted. See answer to Q664. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q666: Describe the current process for Bank Checks on the Purchase Card Program. What difficulties have been experienced with usage, reconciliation, acceptance, etc.? 

ANSWER: As bank checks are currently in the pilot implementation stage, we do not have enough data to adequately respond to this question. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =
Q667:
We would like to reiterate to the GSA the many benefits of using a purchase card for procurement rather than a bank check. The value of using a card for federal, state, and local procurement is the rich transaction data (line item detail) provided for every transaction (depending upon the merchant's capability for data capture: Level 1, 2, or 3). This data is critical for the government to understand their employees' purchasing patterns and to negotiate for suppliers for "preferred" supplier discounts. This information is not captured when a bank check is used. Cards also have a built-in authorization control mechanism (Merchant Category Codes) to prevent cardholders from purchasing items from unauthorized industries. There is no automated control mechanism when a purchase is made with a bank check. Both of these benefits are circumvented by a purchasing cardholder using a bank check to make a purchase. There would be no ability to restrict the type of merchant that the cardholder is writing a check to, nor would line item detail data be transmitted at the time of the purchase.

Additionally, the ability to query the DCIA database to see if the Merchant owes the government money is greatly diminished in the paper bank check environment. In all likelihood, this check would have to be done manually which would not be in the vision of the GSA to streamline the procurement process. Lastly, major card associations have worldwide acceptance. These card associations allocate significant human and financial resources to building merchant acceptance networks that meets the needs of their cardholders, and would work with the GSA to facilitate acceptance at Merchants who do not accept the purchase card. 

ANSWER: GSA recognizes the benefits of card usage. Not all merchants accept cards as payments. The final solicitation requires contractors to recruit merchants as identified by the government. Often the agency doing the purchasing needs the item immediately and cannot wait until the merchant is card capable. Thus, an alternative payment mechanism is required. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q668: The GSA has identified and defined "bank checks" as a required product or method of payment tied to the purchase card product. The primary driver behind the bank check product requirement apparently is to address acceptance shortfalls with merchants that refuse to, or are unable to, accept purchase cards. We strongly recommend that Travelers Check products be incorporated as an alternative check payment method for the purchase card program. We understand the perceived need for bank checks. However, these needs could be better served through travelers checks for several reasons. Travelers checks are a better alternative because they are the most highly accepted form of commercial payment in the world. In addition to meeting all of the requirements of C.11, Travelers Checks also provide for the following: Reduced risk of fraud to the cardholder; ease of use for cardholder through automated systems and centralized inventory maintenance; Merchant satisfaction related to availability and processing costs; Guaranteed payment by the contractor; Acceptance level that far surpasses any bank check. Checks, on the other hand, have been significantly exposed to fraud, particularly overseas. With respect to the requirement pertaining to foreign currency checks, items drawn on a bank which is not based in the country of currency are subject to delays in settlement and will most definitely adversely affect negotiability. In addition, the number of banks that offer this service is exceedingly low and, therefore, unnecessarily limits competition in this procurement. We strongly urge the Government to delete the foreign currency bank check requirement. At best, this should be a Value-Added enhancement. 

ANSWER: Travelers checks are not acceptable for the core purchase card program just as bank checks would not be acceptable for the core travel card program. GSA appreciates your input. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q669: Bank Checks, states that "the Contractor shall be able to provide bank checks that can be issued domestically and internally and accepted domestically and internally by merchant establishments and financial institutions." The bank checks should be eliminated, there should be no need for this type of vehicle with the use of Traveler's Checks. To allow the free flow of funds in the international market could prove both burdensome and ripe for abuse. The Federal Government does not have the same protections in the international markets as they do in the domestic market place. This could be a nightmare to enforce and could be a catalyst for international criminal abuse. Already two denominations of U.S. currency has been completely redesigned due to counterfeiting. 

ANSWER: The requirement will remain unchanged. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q670: CC.11n) This section discusses "payment procedures for agency issued checks." What does agency issued mean? 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q671: CC.11.3 Bank Check Design: While we can fully appreciate the Government's desire to have a common background on bank checks used in this program, we believe that Travelers Checks (to the extent that they are included as an alternative to "bank checks") should not be subject to this provision because it would adversely affect negotiability of Travelers Checks and thus undermine their true value. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q668. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q672: Secondly, the requirement for standard pre-printed information for Travelers Checks seems to be superfluous. The instrument of payment will not, in and of itself, render the transaction tax exempt. Rather, it is the purposes for which a federal employee buys an item that determines the incident of taxability. To facilitate favorable tax treatment with Travelers Checks, all that will be necessary for the cardholder to do is for him/her to inform the merchant of his/her agency's tax exempt number, record it on the check and/or show the merchant his/her purchase card. Therefore, we urge that these requirements not be included for Travelers Checks. 

ANSWER: It is the entity that buys the item that determines the incident of tax. The requirement for pre-printed information will remain unchanged. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =

Clause 52.212-4 Contract Terms and Conditions - Commercial Items (May 1997)

Q673: The FAR prescribes what clauses agencies are to utilize in procurements for commercial items. FAR Subpart 12.302 entitled "Tailoring of provisions and clauses for the acquisition of commercial items" notes in Section(b) that Assignments, Disputes, Payment, Invoice and Other Compliance matter clauses shall not be tailored. Recommend that GSA follow the standard FAR clauses with regard to standard commercial items. 

ANSWER: Clauses may be tailored with the appropriate approved-deviation from the clause. The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q674: b) Assignment. The draft RFP includes a change to standard commercial terms regarding assignment of receivables under the Master Contract. The usual provision allowing assignment of claims to a financial institution that is financing performance has been deleted and an affirmative prohibition on assignment inserted. This is a deviation from normal commercial practice for both non-governmental and government contracts. In the commercial environment, credit card receivables are routinely assigned to working capital lenders and to credit card receivables securitization conduits. If the government prohibits assignment of credit card receivables under the contract, the cost of financing the substantial cash flows involved under Master Contracts (and therefore the cost to the Government) will increase substantially. Bidders that are not banks may be excluded entirely. 

ANSWER: The assignments clause will be included in the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q675: (b) Assignment. This clause is the standard "assignments" clause which is common in both commercial and Government contracting. Please clarify the reason for the deletion of this clause. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q674. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q676: (c) Changes. The standard "changes" clause has been deleted. This is at variance with standard Government and commercial practices. Please clarify the reason for the deletion of this clause. 

ANSWER: Based upon the criticality and multiple interests in the card programs, there is always a possibility that the Government will need to rapidly make a change in direction. Sometimes there may not be time to negotiate with the contractors prior to such a change. Please note that the changes clause provides an opportunity for the contractor to come in with a proposal for an equitable adjustment based on any change the Government unilaterally makes.

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q677: Changes: When replacing a clause, please reference the new clause. In this case, 52.243-1. The replacement clause does not seem to provide any additional value over the original clause. It does allow for unilateral contract modifications, but anything that would require a price adjustment is eligible for dispute. Therefore, from a practical standpoint, any price modification would be negotiated ("written agreement of the parties"). Contractors won't have any disagreement with modifications that do not involve a cost to the contractor; therefore they should have no problem providing their "written agreement". Thus, there is no apparent reason for the original short clause to be replaced by the lengthy one. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q678: (g) Invoice. This clause is deleted in lieu of new clauses at C.35.7.3, Invoices; CA.10.1, Invoices for the Fleet Card Program; and CB.11.3, Invoices for Centrally Billed Card Accounts. GSA's expansion of the invoicing requirements will add a significant administrative burden in terms of processing and potential delays in payment. These added costs serve to only reduce the returns that would be available to the Government otherwise. Recommend that GSA consider using standard industry practices in this regard. 

ANSWER: The solicitation will remain unchanged. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q679: i) Payment. We recommend adding the words "or services" after the word "items" in the first sentence. 

ANSWER: The solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q680: j) Risk of Loss. The subsections after the semi-colon have been deleted, but nothing has been added. Please complete this section. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q681: j) Risk of Loss. All conditions for the risk of loss not to remain with the Contractor have been stricken. Were replacement conditions omitted? 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q682: j) Risk of Loss. Clarify the term "Risk of Loss". 

ANSWER: (Q680 - Q682) The final solicitation will be revised to leave in paragraph (2). 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q683: n) Title: It is not necessary to cross out this clause. It already states, "unless specified elsewhere in this contract", to counter any potential conflict. We could not find where the issue of Title was raised elsewhere, and it needs to be stated. The Government must be able to obtain title to any products provided under this contract (cards, software, card sleeves, etc.). 

ANSWER: This will be included in the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q684: p) Limitation of Liability. This provision is appropriate for this type of commercial contract and we request that the original language be included in the final RFP. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q685: (p) Limitation of Liability. The deletion of this clause extends the liability to contractors and is not acceptable as appropriate commercial practice. We recommend that GSA restore the standard FAR liability clause. 

ANSWER: (Q684 - Q685) This will be included in the final solicitation. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Addendum to Clause 52.212-4

Q686: 1, Women Owned Business: This is covered in FAR 52.212-3(c)(4). 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q687: 3, Small Business Program: This is covered in FAR 52.212-3(c) (1) & (2) & (4) &(6). 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q688: Addendum to Clause 52.214-4, 5. Availability of Funds for Task Orders: This section indicates that no legal liability exists on the part of the Government for any payment until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer for the agency/organization task order and until the Contractor receives notice of such availability, to be confirmed in writing by the ordering Contracting Officer. At the time task orders are issued, appropriated funds should be available. If this requirement is not stated, offerors will be required to perform work with no guarantee of payment. 

ANSWER: The clause will remain in the final solicitation.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q689: Addendum to Clause 52.214-4, 8, Requirements for Cost or Pricing Data or Information Other than Cost or Pricing Data: The solicitation is described as a procurement of a commercial item and is anticipated that the award will be made on the basis of adequate price competition. Under FAR, provisions are made for acquisitions that are based on adequate price competition, generally no additional information is necessary to determine the reasonableness of price. Please consider revising this section to limit any request for information solely to reasonableness of price and only if the price is not based on adequate competition. Please also consider not extending the audit rights in paragraph (4) to "any request for and exception to the requirement for cost or pricing data" because the solicitation is already exempt as noted in Section 8 (a). 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q690: By adding this clause, and the requirement in the instructions to offerors, it is evident that the Contracting Office  

    1. does not have a basis to determine fair and reasonable prices based on their market survey, and/or
    2. will not have a basis to determine fair and reasonable prices based on competition. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q689. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q691: Item 11, IDIQ: A fixed-price contract presents the most risk to offerors. It appears that the Government has combined an indefinite delivery, indefinite quantity (IDIQ) format with a blanket purchase agreement (BPA) format. Fixed-price contracts are most successful in terms of attracting the greatest amount of competition when offerors know the 'size of the pie' to be divided in order to assess the risk-reward opportunity. For example, there are many potentially qualified providers who might bid more aggressively if they are assured that only (number) contracts will be awarded for each business line. GSA should state the number of master contracts for each business line that will be awarded. Otherwise, bidders are likely to be conservative in their offers. 

ANSWER: The number of awards cannot be determined at this time. The evaluation methodology states how the government will make award. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q692: Addendum to Clause 52.214-4, 15. F.O.B. Destination: We recommend that the words "(not applicable to the Fleet Line of Business)" be inserted in the beginning of this paragraph. This requirement is not applicable to the fleet business. 

ANSWER: The solicitation language will remain the same. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q693: Addendum to Clause 52.214-4, 16. Contract Terms and Conditions Applicable to GSA Acquisition of Commercial Items: Please clarify the requirement as noted for inclusion of 552.215-70 Examination of Records by GSA. The audit rights in this clause appear to be inconsistent with a contract for acquisition of commercial items, the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act of 1995 and the Federal Acquisition Reform Act of 1996. 

ANSWER: The solicitation will remain unchanged. This is a commercial item clause. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q694: Item 16, Item 55.215-72, Price Adjustment for Incomplete, Not Current, or Inaccurate Information should be deleted. Government audit rights are included in clause FAR 52.215-41, Requirements for Cost or Pricing Data or Information Other Than Cost or Pricing Data (Mar 1997), Alternate IV (Oct, 1995). Paragraph (b)(4) of FAR 52.215-41 specifically states the Government has audit rights before award only. In addition, Clauses 552.215-70 and 552.215-72 are not required by statute, are not a standard commercial practice, and therefore are prohibited by FAR Part 12. 

ANSWER: These are commercial clauses. 52.215-41 will be revised in the final. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q695: Addendum to Clause 52.212-4, paragraph 18, Industrial Funding Fee: Set at 4 basis points of an agency's net charge volume and capped at 6 basis points throughout the contract period. This means that agencies pay $0.40 to $0.60 for each $1,000 in volume. We estimate a minimum of $5 Billion in annual net charge volume for the first full year of the contract for each business line (e.g. , for FY 1996: approximately $3 Billion for the purchase card and $4.2 Billion for the travel card business lines) this would mean that GSA would earn approximately $3,000,000 to administer each business line. This seems slightly high to administer a single contract. Although a basis point amount might be acceptable for small dollar actions, the estimated usage for each business line is such that it would be more appropriate if GSA recoups the costs necessary to administer this contract, then allows all of the remaining volume rebate to accrue to the individual agencies. 

ANSWER: The historic volumes are provided in Exhibits 6, 7 and 8. The industrial funding fee only covers GSA's costs and will be adjusted downwards if it exceeds costs. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q696: Addendum to Clause 52.212-4, paragraph 18, Industrial Funding Fee: What offset would there be against IFF if payment is tardy? 

ANSWER: An agencies tardiness with payment would not impact GSA's industrial funding fee. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q697: Addendum to Clause 52.212-4, 18- Is IFF a percentage based on agency refund or agency net volume?  

ANSWER: The industrial funding fee is based on net charge volume. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q698: Item 18, Industrial Funding Fee: While the Economy Act permits an agency procuring products or services on behalf of other agencies to recover its costs of performing this service from its client agencies, the Act also prohibits agencies from procuring this product or service from recovering more than the costs of the service. In light of this, and of GSA's stated intent to use the IFF to fund the costs of supporting this program 'and related programs', in GSA's terms, we are concerned that GSA could be exposing the entire program to challenge. In order to avoid protests that would impact bidders, please clarify that the IFF will only cover GSA's costs of administering the Travel, Purchase, and Fleet programs. 

ANSWER: The Industrial Funding Fee is not based on the Economy Act; it is based on Section 109 of the Property Act. The IFF will be used to cover the cost of Travel (including City Pair Program), Fleet and Purchase Programs. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q699: A separate Board consisting of primary users should be appointed to ensure GSA is recovering appropriate costs for administering these contract programs. This board would also serve to advise and assist GSA in determining appropriate basis points to withhold from the agency/organization financial refund. Further, GSA must comply with certain performance standards, developed by the Board and GSA, to ensure timely response to agency issues. For instance, just as this contract specifies time frames for compliance and performance from the contractor, similar time frames (i.e., for contact modifications) should apply to GSA performance as well. We suggest that initially, minimum basis points be withheld from agency/organizations financial refunds, and that GSA earn their money based on performance evaluations by their customers.  

ANSWER: This contract will be industrially funded in the same manner as our other schedules. The industrial funding fee serves to cover costs alone. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q700: The fees charged to agencies for GSA administering the master contracts should be based on actual costs rather than an industrial funding fee. GSA should neither make a profit nor lose money in performing its administrative responsibilities. Administrative costs will most likely be significantly higher during the first year of the contract, but should be less in subsequent years. 

ANSWER: The industrial funding fee serves to cover costs alone and will be adjusted if necessary as stated in the solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q701: Are rebates to GSA and agencies calculated and paid on total purchases or the total of purchases from paid-up accounts?  

ANSWER: Refunds are calculated in accordance with B.2.2. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q702: If GSA decides that 4 basis points are insufficient and the basis points are increased to 6 points, where do the points come from if no additional points are offered in the contract? 

ANSWER: As stated in the solicitation, the Industrial Funding Fee is capped at 6 basis points.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q703: Addendum to Clause 52.212-4, Changes - Fixed Price: This type of unilateral change provision is never found in a commercial credit card product and this RFP is for a commercial credit card product. We propose the original language as follows: "Changes in terms and conditions of this contract may be made only by written agreement of the parties." 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q704: Addendum to Clause 52.212-4, 22. Changes: The changes clause in the Commercial Items section has been stricken and replaced by Section 22 in the Addendum of the Contract Terms and Conditions. Conditions indicated in Section 22 would not be acceptable in the commercial marketplace and could significantly impact a contractor's ability to deliver quality product at a low cost. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q705: Addendum to Clause 52.212-4, 22. Changes: Section 22 of the Addendum should be modified to describe a process by which changes to the contract by mutual agreement between the contractor and the Contracting Officer are to be made; or this section should be stricken and replaced by Paragraph c of the Commercial Items section of the Contract Terms and Conditions. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q706: Item 22, Changes Clause FAR 52.243-1: Suggest that this clause be deleted, and use instead the "Changes" clause found in Contract Terms and Conditions, Commercial Items (May 1997) 52.212-4, item (c). The clause found in 52.212-4, item (c) is closest to standard commercial practice, which is consistent with the Government's stated intent for this program 

ANSWER: (Q703 - Q706) See answer to Q676. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q707: Addendum to Clause 52.212-4, 23 and 25. Scope of Contact for the Fleet Card: Please clarify a non-appropriated entity's obligation to pay for task orders. Paragraph 5) of these sections indicates that non-appropriated fund instrumentalities are eligible to use this contract on a non-mandatory basis. Could you clarify what entities might be considered a non-appropriated fund instrumentality? Paragraph 6) of these sections indicates that Government cost-reimbursable contractors when authorized in writing by a federal agency pursuant to 48 CFR 51.102 are eligible to use this contract on a non-mandatory basis. Will the GSA provide guidance to the card service providers as to the tax-exempt status of these contractors? 

ANSWER: All participants using the contracts are required to comply with all terms and conditions of the contract (including payment). There are specific components of the Department of Defense (and certain other agencies) classified as Non-Appropriated Fund Instrumentalities. An example would be a BX. The Army/Air Force Exchange Service (AAFES) is another example of a non-appropriated fund instrumentality. They are just as obligated as any Federal entity to fulfill their task order obligations. 

Cost-reimbursable contractors which enter into a task order separate from their authorization agency (but with permission from that agency) would not be tax exempt. There are instances of agency vehicles driven by contractors. In such cases, cards, fuel, and services would be procured and paid for directly by the agency and would be subject to the agency's tax exempt status. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q708: Addendum to Clause 52.212-4, 23 - Please give an example of where a government contractor would be given a Fleet Card under 52.212-4 23.b) 6). Shouldn't there be a minimum quantity? 

ANSWER: As discussed in the answer to Q707, there are instances where agency vehicles are driven by contractor employees. For example, the IFMS has approximately 10,000 vehicles that are driven primarily by contractor employees that are supporting the agencies they have contracts with. The cards for these IFMS vehicles are procured through the IFMS task order and are not apparent to the card contractor. 

All tailored task orders, from mandatory and non-mandatory users, are subject to the minimum order quantities discussed in Addendum to 52.212-4, #38.4 and 38.5 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q709: This is regarding the provisions contained in the "Addendum To Clause 52.212-4" Number 24, Section a),2),(a),(I)-(iv) which are intended to allow a tribal government to be included by GSA as a mandatory user of the U.S. Government discounted air fares. The four options to provide the "contractor" a guarantee of payment are not viable options for a tribe for the following reasons: 

(I) A limited waiver of sovereign immunity providing the contractor the right to sue for payment 

At this time tribal sovereignty is being challenged on a variety of fronts. It is not in a tribe's best interest to set any precedent by which they willingly waive their sovereignty. 

(ii) A payment bond equal to 100% of the estimated monthly usage 

See (iii) below. 

(iii) Prepayment of the estimated first three months invoices 

Both (ii) and (iii) are unreasonable requests. Indian tribes and tribal organizations (T/TOs) are being asked to "tie up" significant amounts of funds in non-interest bearing accounts. Our current contractor charges card holders 2.75% usage fee for cash advances that are to be repaid monthly (This is a 33% interest rate per year). How can the T/TOs be expected to do less? 

(iv) Another guarantee acceptable to the tribal organization and the contractor. 

This is too general and ambiguous. This would allow the contractor for example, to arbitrarily decide that the only acceptable guarantees for them are numbers i, ii, or iii above. This option does not place any requirement on the contractor(s) to negotiate in good faith. 

In general this solicitation raises several serious concerns regarding the GSA's attitude toward Tribal Governments. The solicitation ignores the directives and intent of Executive Orders and Memorandums directing heads of agencies in the Executive Branch to work with tribal governments on a government-to-government basis and to take all possible measures to facilitate the T/TOs to avail themselves of pertinent government programs and services. This solicitation is clearly skewed to serve the interests of the contractors and not the user population. Further, the solicitation presumes that Tribal Governments are inherently bad credit risks. Yet T/TOs successfully administer millions of dollars worth of Federal programs and the T/TO enterprises without waiving sovereignty or defaulting on their financial obligations. This attitude of "presumed" incapability of tribal governments could be easily viewed as a civil rights violation by both the GSA and any contractor that ascribes to similar attitudes regarding Tribal Governments. 

The T/TOs have been penalized financially because they have not been able to work with the GSA in procuring the discounted airfares and lodging rates that they are entitled by statute to receive. The primary reason they give for not being able to get the discounted fares is the restrictive and cumbersome process of either having to use the Government American Express cards or Government Travel Requests. Most T/TOs have found the requirements imposed on them in the Government card process to be cumbersome and insulting. The GSA should seek more "user friendly" ways of extending access to these discounted rates to the T/TOs by requiring more alternative payment vehicles (i.e., requiring the solicitation to include the use of centrally billed accounts by the T/TO contractors. 

The GSA has appeared unsympathetic to the T/TOs and has failed to advocate for their special needs in procuring the Contract Carrier contracts and the Charge Card contracts. The Congress specifically authorized the T/TOs the right to access these discounted fares by statute in 1994. Yet the GSA continues to falter in terms of facilitating the Congress' intent. The Indian Health Service wishes to advocate on behalf of the T/TOs and we are willing to consult further with the GSA, the T/TOs, and the Contract Carriers in bringing this matter to a successful conclusion. 

ANSWER: By entering into a contract, the Government has executed a limited waiver of sovereign immunity and can be sued under the Contract Disputes Act of 1986.

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q710: Addendum to Clause 52.212-4, 26. Default Task Orders: Please reconsider this section. Reasons for late delivery or other alleged noncompliances can be various and interconnected. Dividing responsibility for termination could result in delays to both the Government and the Contracting Officer. This could result in offerors resolving disputes in more than one forum. 

ANSWER: No change will be made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q711: Addendum to Clause 52.212-4, 28. Interpretation of Contract Requirements: Please clarify the authority of the A/OPC issuing task orders and the GSA Contracting Officer. This section could be interpreted that all questions relating to an order would have to be answered by the GSA Contracting Officer to be binding. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. Agencies will interpret their own task orders. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q712: Addendum to Clause 52.212-4, 29. Organizational Conflict of Interest: The draft solicitation includes a "Organizational Conflict of Interest" clause that is essentially the same as the clause that previously appeared at FAR 52.209-7, except that it adds a paragraph (f) that prohibits the negotiation of the terms of the clause. The clause at FAR 52.209-7 was removed January 1997 as part of an elimination of certifications that are not required by statute. 61 Fed. Reg. 233, 238 (Jan. 2, 1997). This was done pursuant to section 4301 (b) of the Clinger-Cohen Act, Pub.L. No. 104-106, 110 Stat. 656, which required the Administrator of OFPP to remove certifications that were "not specifically required by statute," unless the FAR Council determined that there was no less burdensome means for administering and enforcing the particular regulation. This obligation to remove non-statutory certifications also was imposed on the heads of each executive agency. The draft solicitation merely substitutes a "verification" for the "certification" that was eliminated from the FAR. That is a change in language without a change in substance. To include the "verification" is inconsistent with the mandate of the Clinger-Cohen Act. It is particularly inappropriate to include this provision -- which has been eliminated from general FAR coverage of government contacts -- in a solicitation for a commercial product, which is supposed to include only those provisions that are required to implement legal requirements for acquiring commercial items or are consistent with commercial practice. FAR 12.30(a). This provision is not required in commercial item procurements, nor is it consistent with commercial practices, and therefore should be eliminated. 

ANSWER: An organizational conflict of interest clause will remain in the solicitation, but will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q713: Addendum to Clause 52.212-4, 29. Organizational Conflict of Interest: Please clarify this section. It appears to confuse the concept of organizational conflict of interest with improper access to information by an offeror. Please consider rewording this section. For example, "marketing consultant" is limited to "support of the preparation or submission of an offer for a Government contract by that offeror" but paragraph (b) provides coverage for individuals or firms engaged "in connection with a contract." Is the reference to FAR 37.204 correct or was another reference intended? 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q714: To what extent will the GSA Contracting Officer interface with the agency ordering office to ensure that proper consistent direction is given to the contractor for servicing the various agencies' needs? 

ANSWER: GSA will provide agencies general direction regarding the master contract through a variety of publications and outreach efforts. Agency task orders will be managed by the agency, or if requested by the agency, GSA on the agency's behalf.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q715: 34 - 37, Task Order Points of Contact: This entire section seems to require Government agencies to change their organizations to conform to the needs of this contract. That is unlikely to happen. Agencies are unlikely to devote full-time personnel to each of these categories. These descriptions should be revised to be more general. Agencies should define any specific responsibilities within their own task orders. The task order may designate several different points of contact for card order placement, several different billing offices, and several different EC/EDI offices (to go with each program coordinator and/or billing office). Agencies may want their program coordinators to be able to dispute transactions directly rather than going through a centralized process; however, there should be someone who would make final decisions on liability for the agency. Hopefully, the majority of transaction disputes can be resolved at the working level. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q118. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q716: Addendum to Clause 52.212-4, 38. Ordering: Although there is no way to determine the volume of task orders under the new contracts, could you provide the number of task orders per program which have been placed under the existing contracts? 

ANSWER: No. The existing contracts are not task order contracts. The final solicitation will contain information on how agencies will place their task order. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q717: Since a tailored task order is not an actual task order, but an RFP, once pricing and timing are communicated, will a final task order be issued by the agency? 

ANSWER: A tailored task order is the actual task order. If agencies require a tailored program, they will first issue a tailored task request. This task request is NOT a RFP.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q718: Are the minimum tailored task order sizes based on estimates or actuals based on past performance? 

ANSWER: Based on historical estimates.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q719: Does GSA have to find an exact match between agency/organization requirements before pooling/consolidating them into one task order? 

ANSWER: No. Agencies will be pooled together based on similar requirements.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q720: There appears to be a conflict on minimum length of task orders. The first paragraph says two years. The second says not required to have a minimum length. Please clarify. 

ANSWER: An agency's first task order placed against the master contract (not a particular master contractor) will be a minimum of 2 years. Subsequent agency task orders have no minimum length mandated at the master contract level.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q721: Item 38.9(b)(2) Task Request / Order Placement: Recommend that GSA delete the last sentence to this paragraph, which reads: 'Contractors must accept all GSA-pooled orders, regardless of mandatory/non-mandatory status or task order size". The GSA should strongly consider permitting bidders to offer more favorable pricing terms to mandatory agencies than to non-mandatory agencies, and build this into the evaluation criteria for pricing. This will help GSA enroll more agencies as mandatory users, and will improve the economics of the program for both the bidders and for the Government. Mandating that a contractor must accept a task order from a non-mandatory agency is a disincentive for agencies to become mandatory users, and also makes it very difficult for contractors to put a business case together that would support aggressive pricing, since it is unknown how many nonmandatory users would be part of the 'GSA pool'. Finally, agencies that are efficient in administering their programs would be penalized by being lumped with less-efficient agencies. The overall effect would be that bidders will not price the master contract aggressively. 

ANSWER: The verbiage "Contractors must accept all GSA-pooled orders, regardless of mandatory/non-mandatory status" will be deleted. Pricing will be the same regardless of mandatory/non-mandatory use. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q722: Item 38.10 Mandatory Users of the GSA Contract: This section requires contractors to submit proposals within 15 calendar days of receipt of task order request. We recommend that this timeframe is unreasonable in a tailored task order environment, especially since bundled task orders may be a possibility. A more reasonable alternate would be 30 calendar days after receipt from mandatory users and 45 calendar days for non-mandatory agencies (Section 38.11). 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q723: Item 38.12, Ordering Process: In the sentence "pricing shall be firm fixed price unless otherwise specified by the agency / organization", delete the phrase "unless otherwise specified by the agency / organization." It is our understanding that the Government's intent is to procure commercial items, and according to FAR 12 commercial items can not be sold under contract types other than firm fixed price. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q724: 43, Deliverables: Add the performance standards deliverables - quarterly task order evaluation comments, quarterly master contract evaluation comments, and the annual customer survey results. 

ANSWER: This is already included. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q725: Addendum to Clause 52.212-4, 45. Contract Performance Standards: The contract performance standards as written appear to be quite exhaustive. Please consider using more objective and measurable quality standards in task order and master contract evaluations. For example, there are questions regarding the stability of the contractor's systems. Please consider using quantifiable measures, such as system availability percentages or number of hours a system was unavailable during a given period of time. 

ANSWER: GSA will re-evaluate the performance standards and make changes where necessary. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q726: Since data elements and services may vary by task order, this recap may be misleading. How is the information from this survey intended to be used? 

ANSWER: Performance evaluations will be used to evaluate both task order and master contract performance. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q727: Addendum to Clause 52.212-4, 46. Task Order Evaluation: We recommend deleting "Order Number" from the "Fleet Card" checklist, as it is not applicable to fleet card. Also, we recommend adding, "Odometer Reading" as an additional item to the checklist. 

ANSWER: Odometer will be added. Order number will remain. It is possible that an order number (or agency tracking number) may be needed for maintenance services 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q728: Addendum to Clause 52.214-4, paragraph 49. Privacy Act: We suggest that you clarify the applicability of the Privacy Act Clause, FAR 52.224-2, to the RFP. In particular, you should clarify that it would not be applicable to the fuel card product line. Those cards would be issued in connection with pieces of equipment, rather than an individual. Those cards would not be used to collect information about an individual, but, instead, about the government-owned equipment (e.g. automobile). 

ANSWER: The Privacy Act applies only to government records which contain information about an individual which that contains the individual's name or the identifying number, symbol, or other identifying particular assigned to the individual. Because the RFP allows a wide variety of technology choices, it is possible that individual information may be obtained during the life of the contract (e.g., biometrics to access fueling sites), thus no change will be made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q729: Item 49, Privacy Act: 52.224-2: We offer two comments. First, we believe that the GSA should make it clear that contractors can conduct and report required "contractor quality surveys" consistent with the Privacy Act obligations. The draft RFP indicates that contractors (and subcontractors) will be expected to adhere to Privacy Act requirements. As part of a contractor's Quality Assurance program, contractors will also be required to conduct "annual contractor quality surveys," the results of which are to be submitted to the GSA Contracting Officer (RFP pages 29, 71-72). To the extent survey information is collected from individual users, survey results arguably constitute a "system of records" covered by the Privacy Act. At a minimum, GSA should clarify that the Government will collect and make "routine use" of Government Card Program-related survey information. That clarification should be made in the draft RFP itself and in the appropriate Privacy Act notices and/or published Privacy Act implementation guidance. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q140. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q730: GSA should make it clear that contractors can disclose Government Card Program records and information to the Internal Revenue Service in accordance with the Privacy Act obligations. The draft RFP anticipates that contractors may be required to perform certain "customized services" for the IRS, such as "submittal of agency / organization 1099 information" (RFP, page 117), and to produce copies of unspecified Government Card Program records to the IRS, with A/OPC knowledge and approval (see RFP at page 119). If the Government intends that such records and information may include types of information or records covered by the Privacy Act, GSA should make it clear that contractor disclosures to the IRS either (i) will constitute a "routine use" of Government Card Program information and records, or (ii) will be exempt from the Privacy Act by virtue of the IRS-specific Privacy Act exemption codified at 26 U.S.C. ยง 7852(e). 

ANSWER: See answer to Q422. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

52.212-5, Contract Terms and Conditions Required to Implement Statutes or Executive Orders-Commercial Items

Q731: Contract Terms and Conditions - Commercial Items (52.212-5): Section (e)(4) Requires the inclusion of FAR 52.247-64, "Preference for Privately Owned U.S. Flagged Commercial Vessels". This clause is outdated as of May 1, 1996. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

52.212-1, Instructions to Offerors-Commercial Items

Q732: (b)(4), Technical Description: This does not need to be crossed out. It clearly states "in sufficient detail to evaluate compliance with the requirements in the solicitation". One of the requirements in the solicitation is your addendum to 52.212-1, where you spell out exactly how the proposal is to be submitted. 

ANSWER: No change will be made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q733: (b)(5), Warranty: This does not need to be crossed out. If they don't have a warranty, they don't need to provide one. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q734: (b)(10), Past Performance: It is not necessary to cross this out. It is included as an evaluation factor, information is required to be submitted with the proposal (technical expertise, best practices, etc.). This clause does not preclude the Contracting Office from surveying the customers. 

ANSWER: This section will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q735: (b)(11), Submission on other than the SF 1449: It does not seem necessary to mandate the use of the SF 1449 for the submission of offers. The pricing pages are in an addendum to the SF 1449 and could easily be attached to letterhead as a viable offer. Since you plan to ask for Best and Final Offers, you are not planning to sign the original SF 1449 anyway. 

ANSWER: No change will be made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q736: (d], Product Samples: It is not necessary to cross this out. 

ANSWER: No change will be made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q737: (e], Multiple Offers: Crossing this out contradicts our desire to obtain multiple solutions. 

ANSWER: No change will be made. The desire for alternative pricing proposals is included in a number of places in the solicitation, but offerors must still propose in accordance with solicitation requirements. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q738: (g], Contract Award: By crossing out this clause, you have invited offerors to submit other than their best prices or technical proposals and have prevented a quick and easy evaluation process. 

ANSWER: No change will be made. The solicitation clearly states methodology of award.

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = 

Q739: (h], Multiple Awards: Since you do intend to award multiple contracts, even though this is not a "Schedule" item, this clause needs to be replaced with something. Just crossing it out may confuse offerors about the reason. Someone may assume it is because you do not intend to award to more than one offer. 

ANSWER: No change will be made. The solicitation clearly states methodology of award. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q740: (i], Document Cites: It is not necessary to cross out these paragraphs. If the information is obsolete, a correction note is sufficient. 

ANSWER: No change will be made. It is struck out to avoid confusion. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q741: 1, Instructions to Offerors: This is redundant. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q742: Instructions to Offerors Section, 10. Best and Final Offers: L-FSS-FCXC-___ (May 1997): Would the Government please clarify its intention with respect to obtaining bidders' best and final offers versus awarding Master Contracts based upon initial proposals. If the Government intends on soliciting best and final offers, then it ought not to reserve the right to award based upon initial proposals. 

ANSWER: This section will be revised. The Government reserves the right to award based upon initial proposals. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q743: Instructions to Offerors, No. 10: In the "Instructions to Offerors" Section no. 10, (L-FSS-FCCX-_) there is a statement that "best and final" offers will be requested. However, in the "Evaluation of Commercial Items" section, page 282, No. 2 "Method of Award" section (f) states that "The Government intends to evaluate proposals and award a contract(s) after conducting written or oral discussions with all responsible offerors whose proposals have been determined to be within the competitive range. However, each initial offer should contain the offeror's best terms from a cost or price and technical standpoint. The Government reserves the right to award on the basis of the initial proposal without any discussions." Which of the above sections is GSA's intent - BAFO's or not? The position cited from the "Evaluation of Commercial Items" section does not appear to be in consonance with FAR Subpart 15.611, "Best and Final Offers." Recommend that the Instructions to Offerors section be adapted to use in the "Evaluation of Commercial Items" section on page 282. 

ANSWER: See answer to Q742. Until offers are in house and evaluated, it is not possible to determine whether negotiations are necessary or if award should be made based on initial proposal. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q744: 14, Submission of Proposals: This section needs to be revised so that the key points stand out more. Volumes I, II, and III should be discussed separately, with the page limitation applying only to Volume II. Recommend that there also be another volume containing all the technical information that is not included in the page limitation. This would make page counting much easier. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q745: 14.2, General Submission Instructions: This information should be separated from the proposal content requirements. Move the Page Limitation to the section that discusses Volume II, as discussed above. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q746: Technical proposals have a 250 page limit. Does this include exhibits, appendices, samples of implementation materials such as cardholder guides and references? 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q747: We have interpreted the page limitation as follows: Fleet response is limited to 250 pages. Purchase response is limited to 250 pages. Travel response is limited to 250 pages. Integrated solution response is limited to 250 pages. Total 1000 pages. Is this correct? If we focus on an integrated solution for all three programs, can we present this as a 1000 page limited document? 

ANSWER: No. The final solicitation will be revised and clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q748: Based on information released since the Draft Solicitation was released, we understand that more specific guidelines will be provided for the format of an offeror's response, however, we do have two specific items: a) Can any pages in the proposal be larger than 8 1/2 x 11 - such as charts, graphs, etc.? Section CP.5 refers to this, however, suggests that they be in an addendum. Does this mean that such materials could fall outside the 250 page limit and not be evaluated? i) The submittal checklist was not included in the draft solicitation. Please include this checklist in the final solicitation. 

ANSWER: All pages must be 8-1/2 x 11. The checklist will be included in the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q749: Standard font size (no smaller than 10 pitch). Does the 10 pitch limitation apply to the tables/exhibits and financial data? 

ANSWER: Yes. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q750: Quantity to Submit: (1) original and two (2) copies of the price proposal and contract data. The Contract Data and Business Plan are included in Volume I. Is there a separate contract data submission for the price proposal? 

ANSWER: No. The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q751: Originals shall be marked or stamped "ORIGINAL." Copies shall be marked for stamped "COPY" or "DUPLICATE ORIGINAL." Is this done via the binder, cover pages, or each page? 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q752: Will the GSA provide a complete original of the SF 1449 and continuation of SF 1449 as this must be signed and secured for the proposal? 

ANSWER: GSA will provide an electronic SF 1449 that can be printed. Offerors will sign in the appropriate space provided. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q753: 14.2 (N), Additional Submission Requirements. The proposal shall contain one (1) copy of the procedures/requirements of the offeror's Bank or Credit Card Association, or similar document, if applicable. - a) What is GSA asking for?; and b) In what volume of the proposal response should it be placed? 

ANSWER: GSA requires the operating rules/regulations/by-laws of the offeror's Bank or Credit Card Association or similar document, if applicable. It should be placed in Volume 1--the final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q754: 14.3: The last sentence of this section states that "Alternate Pricing Proposals are Encouraged." However, we could not find any definitive language in the draft RFP that states the evaluation criteria for the alternate proposals. Please clarify. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will include evaluation criteria. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q755: Based on the draft RFP, integration services are largely being left up to bidders to define. As such, we believe that it will be very difficult for GSA to create a level playing field for the evaluation of the integration services. We believe that GSA must be more specific in terms of its expectations relating to the integrated services in order for bidders to price their offers in line with GSA's expectations. We suggest that integration services be separately competed among the master contract selectees. Because of the lack of clear definition with regard to the integration services, GSA may face challenges by evaluating bidders on their card business expertise but on integration experience where the evaluation criteria is not established. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation includes evaluation criteria for integrated services. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q756: 14.3, Content of Proposals: Rather than dividing this section by evaluation criteria, it should be divided by media (paper, oral, demo). This will make it much easier for the offerors to follow and ensure that everything is included in their proposal. The evaluation section (FAR 52.212-2) can provide a cross-walk of what items are applicable to which evaluation factor. 

ANSWER: This entire section has been revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q757: 14.3 (b) (1)(a), (b), (d), (e), (g), Client References: By having the offeror select and provide their client references a copy of the questionnaire, you have eliminated the possibility of a bad reference. This defeats the purpose of checking past performance. The offeror should submit a number of references covering a variety of products, services, and customer sizes. The Contracting Office could then pick the customers they feel best match the mix of Government customers to be covered under this contract. (It would be necessary to state how many customers out of the total were to be contacted.) 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q758: There may be overlap in the client references provided for some of the performance categories described. Is this acceptable? 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will address this. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q759: Instructions to Offerors, No. 14.3.1, General Instructions for Oral Presentations and Demonstrations: GSA has stated that the oral presentation does not constitute "discussions." Please clarify that if a competitive range is to be established, it will not be determined until after the oral presentations? 

ANSWER: A competitive range will be determined at the conclusion of the technical and price evaluation (after oral presentations/demonstrations and complete review of the offers). 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q760: Please clarify whether or not bidders will be allowed to videotape or tape record the oral presentations/demonstrations. If not, how soon would GSA release a record of the meeting to the bidder (not other parties, or other bidders)? 

ANSWER: No videotape or tape recordings by the offerors are allowed. The Government will videotape and/or transcribe the proceedings. It is not known how soon the record could be released since video and/or transcription services have yet to be procured. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q761: 14.3b)1)a): Regarding Corporate Card Projects, it states that all five projects shall be of a volume as large or greater than: $100,000 charge volume for the fleet Card, $25,000,000 charge volume for the Travel Card, and $25,000,000 charge volume for the Purchase Card. Within a business line, is this charge volume the total volume for all five projects or the charge volume for each project individually? Is the charge volume cumulative for the projects from their inception or only since January 1994? 

ANSWER: The charge volume stated is for each individual project. The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q762: 14.3b)1)d): Regarding Value-Added Products and Services, three references are requested for each value-added service offered. If a value-added service is offered on a prospective basis, for example a hybrid card application that is not in commercial use today, how would references be offered? 

ANSWER: The way references are currently structured will be revised in the final. The evaluation methodology will also be included in the final. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q763: 14.3 (b) (1) (f): This paragraph is either missing or others have been mis-labeled. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q764: Instructions to Offerors Section 14.3.1.g/C.26 Offeror's Presentation/Demonstration Team: This section indicates that key personnel should give the presentation. Are these key personnel the same as referenced in Section C.26? If so, the necessary qualified personnel to deliver presentations or demonstrations would be excluded as they may not be considered a "project manager" or "task order" manager. 

ANSWER: These are the same key personnel referenced in C.26 and the addendum to 52.212-4, paragraph 41. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q765: 14.3 (b) (2), Technical Excellence: Items covered by the oral presentation or demonstration should be discussed separately. 

ANSWER: No change will be made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q766: 14.3 (b) (2)(b), Technical Expertise: This information should be separated from the textual requirements. 

ANSWER: No change will be made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q767: 14.3 (b) (2) (c), Electronic Capability: This information should be separated from the textual requirements. Some of the items seem difficult to demonstrate without extensive preparation for the demonstration itself. These items should be confirmed through the client questionnaires. Compatibility with a variety of computer systems and the ability to receive and transmit data electronically is difficult to "demonstrate" unless they have access to a variety of computer systems during the demonstration. They would have to bring in several different systems and set them up to demonstrate compatibility and data transmission. Invoicing is difficult to demonstrate unless there is a separate computer prepared to receive the information. They could bring in several types of media to demonstrate their ability to provide the data in a wide variety of media; however, it would be difficult to actually demonstrate that data had been successfully put on a cassette or magnetic tape unless there were machines to read them. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q768: During the Pre-Solicitation meeting Ms. Koses stated that other than the presenter, only a senior bank officer and an accounting person could be present during the oral presentation. Would GSA consider allowing major sub-contractors and alliance partners to be present during the presentation? During the oral presentation, exactly what is meant by "demonstration"? (e.g. If the offeror states they can provide electronic reporting, would GSA expect to see a demonstration of how that reporting system would work?) 

ANSWER: Major subcontractors/alliance partners that are named key personnel are welcome. GSA expects to see a demonstration of how the reporting system meets the requirements stated in C.34 as well as the agency and GSA Contracting Office reporting requirements stated in C.38 and C.39. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q769: Section 14.3.1(g) limits bidder attendance to no more than five people. We believe that given the complexity of the materials to be covered, and the fact that multiple business lines will be involved, we suggest that it might be a more efficient fact finding process if bidders are allowed to bring additional in-house subject matter experts who might be called upon to answer questions that may arise and be able to provide in-depth clarification where needed. We suggest that a total of ten bidder representatives be allowed to attend. 

ANSWER: In addition to the limited number of personnel to present during the oral presentation/demonstrations, GSA will allow attendance by a senior management representative and a lawyer or accountant. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q770: Instructions to Offerors Section 14.3.a/ and 14.3.b.3.b, Contents of Proposal Submission Instructions: Which section should the resumes of the key personnel be included-section 14.3.a (Volume I) or section 14.3.b.3.b. (Volume II)? The title of Volume I is Contract Data and Business Plan. However the description of the contents for Section 14.3.a never mentions inclusion of a "business plan" (unless this is the contract administration plan). Is something missing? 

ANSWER: Resumes should be included in Volume II. Nothing is missing--the final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q771: Instructions to Offerors Section 14.3.b.1.g Performance/ Promising Practice Innovation: This section references paragraph "f" for a description of "conditional best practice", however, section 14.3.b.1.f was not included in the solicitation.

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q772: Instructions to Offerors Section 14.3.b.2.a Technical Excellence/Technical Approach: (iv) Please clarify the footnote reference to this section (footnote 9) and (v) Please clarify the footnote reference to this section (footnote 10) 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q773: Instructions to Offerors Section 14.3.b.2.b Technical Excellence/Technical Expertise (Oral): Specific statement of work items are listed in this section. Given that the items are listed in this "oral" presentation section, should offerors not address these statement of work items in the narrative portion of our response? This section also states "The offeror must present an oral proposal in compliance with the Government's requirements, in the format and order as described below." When the RFP refers to "The Government's requirements" in sections (ii), (iii), and (iv), are offerors only to address the Statement of Work items specifically listed in this section. 

ANSWER: The offerors are to address the sections specifically listed. The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Evaluation of Commercial Items

Q774: (a) It is not necessary to cross out this clause. The original statement was accurate. This paragraph can be modified to include #3 Evaluation Criteria. An addendum can be added to provide specific evaluation methodology (#4 Technical Evaluation and #5 Price Evaluation). 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q775: The technical and cost evaluations are very confusing. Can you provide a simpler explanation and/or example for the bidders who are not familiar with government contracting? 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q776: Paragraphs 1 and 2 Evaluation - Commercial Items/Method of Award: Paragraph 1 indicates that "technical and past performance, when combined, are more important than price." Paragraph 2, section (a) indicates technical quality alone is considered more important than price. Could you clarify this discrepancy? 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised to indicate that technical and past performance are more important than price. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q777: 2, Method of Award: This clause appears to be unnecessary. Paragraph (a) repeats what is said in 52.212-2 (a); Paragraph (b) could be incorporated into the specific methodology (and worded to sound nicer); Paragraph (c) could be incorporated into 52.212-2 as paragraph (d); Paragraph (d) could be incorporated into the specific methodology; Paragraph (e) could be incorporated into the specific methodology; Paragraph (f) could be incorporated in 52.212-2(a). 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q778: 3, Evaluation Criteria: This should be included in 52.212-2(a). Also, need to make sure price is included as an overall factor. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q779: Paragraphs 3 - 7, Evaluation of Criteria: It would be helpful to supply a detailed evaluation checklist which provides scoring or weighting for each evaluation category. 

ANSWER: The evaluation criteria and relative importance is provided. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q780: Paragraph 4. Evaluation of Technical Criteria: M-FSS-FCXC-___ (May 1997): Would the Government please clarify the process concerning obtaining and evaluating bidders' past performance information. It is our understanding that if the Government intends on using past performance information from sources other than the bidder, the bidder will be given the opportunity to review and comment on such information. Is this correct? 

ANSWER: If the Government makes award without discussions, offerors will not be given the opportunity to review comments of past performance information obtained from references. If the Government conducts discussions, the Contracting Officer shall provide an opportunity to discuss past performance information obtained from references on which the offeror has not had a previous opportunity to comment. Names of individuals providing reference information about an offeror's past performance shall not be discussed. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q781: Evaluation of Commercial Items, 4) Evaluation of Technical Criteria: Past performance information is to be provided by bidders in their responses to the RFP. The Government's evaluation will include the effectiveness of the card projects and programs; verification of global acceptance of the offerors card products, and past performance as it relates to quality, accuracy, timelines, responsiveness, customer satisfaction, communication, etc. The RFP states that the Government's evaluation will be based on information contained in the proposal and reference comments. (emphasis added) Under FAR Subpart 42.15, "Contractor Performance Information" the Government must make past performance information available to bidders in order to review the information provided to the Government and to comment/correct any errors. Please clarify the anticipated GSA process in reviewing bidder past performance data, particularly with regard to the accuracy/validity of the information provided. 

ANSWER: FAR Subpart 42.15 requires that agency evaluations of contractor performance to be provided to the contractor for comments, rebuttals, etc. See answer to Q780. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q782: 4, Technical Evaluation: This section needs to include a cross-reference to the proposal instructions and to which evaluation factors each part of the proposal belongs. Such a cross reference is helpful to the Contracting Office when writing the solicitation because it ensures that there is a proposal requirement for every evaluation factor and prevents unnecessary proposal requirements. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q783: Evaluation of Commercial Items, 5) Evaluation of Price for Each Business Line: In our view, the stated evaluation criteria does not take into account an evaluation of proposed risk mitigation measures - whether they be per-card annual fees, or other fees that may be imposed as risk mitigation measures. GSA undoubtedly recognizes that fees make the programs less attractive to agencies and to cardholders. While bidders should be permitted to propose fees, competition would be enhanced if the fees were incorporated as a part of the evaluation criteria and methodology for pricing. Not including fees in the evaluation criteria could permit bidders a 'free ride' to finance portions of the program on the backs of the cardholders through cardholder fees. We recommend that the GSA evaluation methodology identified in the RFP incorporate proposed card fees in the evaluation of the bidder's prices.  

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q784: 5, Price Evaluation: The formulas provided in the price evaluation section may not get us the results we want. For example, Company A offers the following prices: Core = -$400 and Value Added (Software) = $500. The total according to the evaluation formula would be $100 for Company A. Company B offers Core at -$700 and no Value Added services at all. The total for Company B would be $-700. Company C offers Core at -$400 and several value added options for free. The total for Company C would be -$400. Based on this formula, Company B would appear to be the best choice. However in reality Company C would be the best choice. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q785: The SF-1449 provides an evaluation base of $500,000 for Fleet and $125 Million for Travel and Purchase Cards. Are these the correct figures? If these are correct, they would appear to be below an amount that would produce a refund. Please explain what you expect to get and how it will be evaluated. 

ANSWER: The figures provided are for evaluation purposes only. Whatever financial consideration is offered at the master contract level must be enough to cover GSA's industrial funding fee. Price evaluation methodology is in the final solicitation as well as an example of the evaluation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q786: 6, Productivity Refund: This information should be included in 52.212-2(a) and in the specific evaluation methodology for price. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q787: 7, Benchmark Pricing: It is not clear how benchmark pricing will be incorporated into the evaluation. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

 

Q788: Since we have not seen anything on the proposal benchmark, will you provide time for comments before it is included in the RFP? 

ANSWER: No. Unfortunately, there isn't enough time for another round of comments.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

SIZE=5>

Late Comments 

Block 19, SF 1449

Q789: Tables Section B, The Integrated solution could outweigh the single business line solution (especially fleet fuel card) in the master contract evaluation. We need to ensure that several single business line proposals are in the group of winning vendors for each business line. 

ANSWER: The evaluation methodology clearly states that the Government plans to make multiple awards that offer a wide variety of products and services to agencies. Reference Evaluation of Commercial Items, paragraph 2. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q790: Tables: Prefunded card is not clearly delineated in the tables. Is it a stored value or a debit card? Prefunded card should be added as separate CLIN, and added on Tier 1 Tables 1, 4, 7 at $0 charge (p.168). 

ANSWER: Pre-funded cards are not separately charged. Reference CB.23. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

B.1, Master Contract

Q791: In second paragraph, there is an extra "of." 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

B.6, Financial Consideration to Agencies/Organizations

Q792: B6.1.1, For calculation of sales refund, the formula needs to be revised to reflect delinquent accounts vs. suspended accounts. Suspensions could be for a variety of reasons (e.g. unknown account, PCS, ETS) yet the account balances should impact on this report. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified based on industry comments received. See answer to Q73. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q793: Refunds on performance payments on CBA are in conflict with the Prompt Pay Act. GSA should delete unless GSA obtains waiver from OMB. 

ANSWER: Agencies are required by OMB Circular A-125 to weigh the requirement to make early payment against the good stewardship inherent in effective cash management principles. Any productivity refund offered must take this requirement into account. No change will be made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

B.7, Pricing Instructions

Q794: B-7.4.(g), Should move to core, based on earlier recommendation (n). Move to core CLIN. 

ANSWER: No change will be made. Inter/intra-governmental services will remain a value-added service. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

B.8, Benchmark Tasks

Q795: May need to delete exhibit #2, since Integrated Solution is not a separate business line. May need to retain it if needed for evaluation of Integrated Solutions within other business lines. 

ANSWER: Benchmark tasks, if available, will be included in the final. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

C.2, Definitions:

Q796: C-2, Put all definitions in one place. 

ANSWER: No change will be made. Definitions were segregated this way based upon the previous rounds of comments on the draft statement of work. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q797: Change government "employee" to government "personnel."

ANSWER: No change will be made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q798: A/OPC - change to recognize 3 levels of structure within our organization. 

ANSWER: This is already included in the solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q799: Define "prefunded card." 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q800: Define "unit card."

ANSWER: This should be in the agency's task order. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q801: Define "Travelers Checks" (p.149). 

ANSWER: This is defined in the travel card portion. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q802: Split disbursement - contains different meaning than our definition (p.149). 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q803: Define "write off report"-period as 365 days. 

ANSWER: No change will be made. The write off varies among industry. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q804: Define "electronic purchasing." 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q805: Define "simplified acquisition." 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q806: Define "corporate credit check." 

ANSWER: (Q804 - Q806) The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q807: Define "electronic billing." 

ANSWER: See answer to Q479. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q808: Define "integrated solutions card."

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q809: Clarify definitions of "mandatory" vs. "nonmandatory" users. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q810: Define "POS discounts." 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

C.3, Scope of Work

Q811: C.3, Integrated Solution Card should be deleted from this paragraph based on it being taken out as a separate business line.  

ANSWER: Although the separate business line has been removed, the Government is still interested in an integrated solution. The integrated solution must remain a part of the scope of this effort. The final solicitation will be revised accordingly. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.5, Objectives

Q812: Simplify inter/intra governmental transactions - add "ordering" after the word procurement. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.7, Card Program Requirements

Q813: We recommend that GSA include as a program requirement that Contractors provide expedited service in providing merchant card services to contractors performing work for agencies. Details relating to the requirement would be addressed in relevant sections of the generic schedule of services and the fleet, travel, and purchase card program. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will remain unchanged. GSA anticipates service levels will be a matter of competition. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.8, Merchant Acceptance

Q814: C.8, include a provision for special pricing for government activities/on-base merchants. 

ANSWER: Inter/intra-governmental services are a value-added product and service. The Government cannot dictate industry business processes to include reduced pricing for a category of merchants. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.9, Program Volume Growth and Technological Advance

Q815: Delete "utilize its best efforts." Add to "ensure..." the phrase "including use of pilot projects." 

ANSWER: No change will be made. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.10, Quality Assurance

Q816: For all cards: For item (b), after first word, "ensure," add "and provide to the agency/OPR trend information and performance metrics." 

ANSWER: The solicitation states that agencies may require additional quality assurance measures in their task order. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q817: Add for all three cards: "Quality Assurance programs must have ability to provide, at the request of the agency/department, qualitative and quantitative reports that measure performance metrics contained in the contract." Note: Quality assurance tools should be coordinated and accepted by the agencies. 

ANSWER: The solicitation states that agencies may require additional quality assurance measures in their task order. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q818: Add "Ensure prompt temporary credits and resolution of disputes." 

ANSWER: This is already included in C.35.8, Billing Discrepancies. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.13, Security Requirements

Q819: Should prohibit unauthorized release of information (reference C-22). 

ANSWER: This is already included in C.22. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.15, Investigation Assistance

Q820: Investigative assistance should include a requirement for certified records within 1-week of a request. 

ANSWER: The amount of time required may be dependent on the volume of information sought. No change will be made. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.16, Audit Assistance

Q821: Audit assistance should include a requirement for certified records within 1-week of a request. 

ANSWER: The amount of time required may be dependent on the volume of information sought. No change will be made. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.17, Marketing and Advertising

Q822: C.17: Does this only cover Master Contract marketing requirements? How are an agency's marketing requirements met? If they are not listed here, then is it not a core requirement?

ANSWER: This clause simply tells contractors that it is their responsibility and expense to market themselves to agency customers and that any marketing materials to assist them to do that under this specific contract must meet certain criteria. If an agency requires marketing, it can include it in under the C.19, Statement Inserts. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *

C.21, Master Contract Training Conference

Q823: Need program/field manager provisions - part of task ordering process. Add annual "master" training conference (p. 78).

ANSWER: If an agency requires agency-specific training conferences, it should so state in their task order. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.23, Card Design and Embossing

Q824: C.23.1, Recommend that the vendor's e-mail address be on the back of the card. This will facilitate problem resolution from overseas where time zone differences make telephone contact difficult.

ANSWER: The contract requires 24 hours a day customer service, every day of the year. Cardholders with problems should not have any trouble making telephone contact. If the goal is to facilitate problem resolution from an A/OPC stand point, having the e-mail address on the back of the card won't help the A/OPC unless he/she is also a cardholder. The Contractor should list contact points for the A/OPC in other forums, such as the A/OPC guide. With all the information the Government would like to appear on the cards, it may be difficult to accommodate another item.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q825: Include 1-800 numbers because they are easier for people overseas. Take out the word "collect"/add "worldwide toll free."

ANSWER: No change will be made. GSA will allow offerors to propose the methodology. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q826: We recommend that GSA include in this section a statement requiring Contractors to emboss or print on the face side of the appropriate non-generic cards words which notify vendors of the Government's tax exempt status, e.g.,

For Official Use Only

U.S. Government

Tax Exempt from State and Local Taxes (Cite Justice Department language)

ANSWER: The GSA provided design for the fleet and purchase card already includes similar verbiage. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.25, Training Requirements

Q827: Add training on billing cycle, alternate means of payment.

ANSWER: The final solicitation will add the requirement to explain the billing cycle. Alternative methods of payment can be provided as ordered by the agency. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q828: (i) Delete "collect."

ANSWER: See answer to Q825. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q829: C.25.2, Add "at all levels" to end of second sentence.

ANSWER: No change will be made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q830: C.25.2 (j) Delete "collect" 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q831: C.25.3, Add "and paying" to title. Delete "collect." 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q832: C.25.4 (h) Delete "collect."

ANSWER: (Q830 - Q832) See answer to Q825. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.26, Personnel

Q833: C.26.3.(b4) Add "electronics system integration."

ANSWER: This is already included under the EC/EDI support personnel. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.27, Start-Up Implementation Schedule

Q834: C.27.4, We represent a significant share of several business lines. Under the best circumstances, we will require the maximum time to transition based on sheer number of users. Thus, we must be in the first window for task ordering scheduling.

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.30, Authorization Controls

Q835: C.30, Instead of a dollars per month limit; may want to change to a billing cycle limit.

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised based upon industry comments. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.31, Posting of Transactions

Q836: Ensure posting of transactions in one day, as timely as possible; 2-day rule.

ANSWER: No change will be made. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.32, Tax Exempt Status

Q837: Suggest GSA re-look at Tax Exempt Status. The government's position on Tax Exempt Status should be clearly stated.

ANSWER: See answer to Q260. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q838: This issue is addressed in general terms in Section C.32, page 91, and specifically related to the fleet card program, in Section CA.8, page 143. The Section basically states that transactions that are paid directly by the Government are exempt from state and local taxes, and that the contractor will work with the Government to ensure vendors and states do not tax those transactions.

ANSWER: No response required. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.33, Foreign Currency Conversion

Q839: Specify cut off and rate; need a time frame for rate.

ANSWER: The rate will be the one in existence at the time the transaction is processed. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.34, Program and Transaction Data

Q840: We recommend that GSA include in this section a statement requiring Contractors to allow individual cardholders query access to their individual account transaction data.

ANSWER: This is included. The A/OPC can designate who has access. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q841: C.34.1(c) Add "windows like" before "user friendly."

ANSWER: This is included in the definition of user friendly (see C.2). 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q842: C.34.3, Assuming that the Internet may be one solution for electronic connectivity, we have a major concern about passing SSN and credit card numbers over the Internet unless security issues are addressed and resolved. 

ANSWER: Systems proposed must be secure (reference C.13, Security Requirements). If the agency requires additional security measures over contract requirements, it should so state and request pricing in its task order. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q843: C.34.5.1, Because the individual's SSN is critical to the individual travel card, SSN should be added to this report.

ANSWER: This is already included in CB.14.1. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q844: A status code indicator (civilian, active military, guard, or reserve) should be added to this report to assist in addressing individual account queries.

ANSWER: The solicitation already states that agencies may require additional master file elements to be recorded (reference CB.10). 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q845: C.34.6.1, Placement of "*" does not read smoothly.

ANSWER: No change will be made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q846: (ee) Define merchant DUNS number.

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.38, Agency Reporting Requirements

Q847: C.38: Add "ad hoc on-line access for reports" (reference C-34.1 - second paragraph).

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q848: C.38.1(g), The numbers are confusing; edit to "30, 60, 90, 120 or more days"

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q849: We recommend adding a statement that contractors minimize as much as possible, preferably to less than one hour, the time required for the electronic transmission of program and transaction data. We did not specify as a requirement that contractors must be capable of transmitting data in less than one hour since transmission times are a function of the amount of data to be transmitted, and transmission traffic on the system.

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q850: C.38.2 g) 1099 report: We recommend that the title of this report be changed to 1099 Report Information, or some similar title. We further recommend that a narrative statement be included emphasizing that the information contained in the report is not sufficient to satisfy 1099 reporting requirements. The current title, together with the narrative statement, "This report is generally used by the agency/organization in fulfilling the requirements of 26 U.S.C. 6050M" suggest that the information is sufficient to satisfy 1099 reporting requirements. It is not. 

The type of 1099 report we would generally file would be 1099-MISC. However, generally speaking, we would file this report only for purchases of services, not merchandise. The type of information which contractors would provide would not distinguish between merchandise and services. Consequently, agencies could over-report payments to vendors. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q851: Contractors consolidate purchase data by vendor, which data agencies may use to negotiate volume discounts with the vendors. This issue is addressed in Section C.38.2 m), page 107, as a core reporting requirement. The report, Summary Quarterly Vendor Analysis Report, would provide quarterly and cumulative data of number and dollar volume of transactions of the top 100 vendors. Agencies could use the data to negotiate discounts with the vendors.

ANSWER: No response required. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.39, GSA Contracting Office Reports

Q852: We want reports available to organizations at levels other than GSA.

ANSWER: General program data rolled-up at an agency summary level may be made available (i.e., charge volume, transaction volume and number of cardholders) to agencies. Access to specific program data, transaction detail and reports is restricted to the requester's own agency. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q853: C.39(c), The numbers are confusing; edit to "30, 60, 90, 120 or more days"

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified.

 * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.40, Customized Services

Q854: C.40: Add CD and video training capabilities. Should be moved to a core requirement for training.

ANSWER: Customized services is a core requirement. This section provides the ability for agency specific training in special media formats. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.42, Record Retention and Retrieval

Q855: Coordinate the receipt retention period with the IRS to ensure full coverage 3 years and "x" months.

ANSWER: The solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q856: We recommend that the wording in this section be modified to state that the Contractor shall maintain electronic records of all transactions for a period of six (6) years and three (3) months after the date of the transactions. The General Records Schedules of the National Archives and Records Administration authorize for disposal various records, including statements of transactions, six (6) years and three (3) months after the date of the transactions.

ANSWER: The solicitation will be revised to be consistent with the General Records Schedule. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.43, Post Contract Requirements

Q857: Clarification: 90 days vs. transition time.

ANSWER: The solicitation will be clarified. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.45, Government-Wide Shut Down

Q858: Last sentence says it all; add to end "by task ordering agency."

ANSWER: The solicitation will be similarly clarified. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

C.47, Value-Added Products and Services

Q859: Clarify first couple of paragraphs.

ANSWER: The solicitation will be clarified. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q860: C.47, Does not address prefunded card. We require the prefunded card as a core requirement.

ANSWER: Pre-funded cards are addressed in the travel card specific section as a core requirement, not a value-added product and service. Please reference CB.23. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q861: C-47.6, Bank check should be Tier 1 for travel.

ANSWER: Convenience checks are not a core requirement for the Travel Card program for master contract purposes. Agencies may order convenience checks as a value-added product/service. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q862: Telephone access. This issue is addressed in Section C.47.8, page 127, as a value added feature. It basically states that the travel charge card would be the preferred telephone access device.

ANSWER: No response required. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q863: Multi-function use of the cards, e.g., as ID cards and for site access. This issue is addressed generally in Section C.47.10, pages 127-137, and specifically in Section C.47.10.2 c), page 132, and C.47.10.2 m), pages 136-137, as a value added feature. The section basically describes a hybrid card, having both a magnetic stripe and an integrated circuit chip, which could be used for multiple applications, including identification and site access. There should be no immediate concerns regarding the inclusion of Privacy Act information on the chip of a smart card. There are generally sufficient security controls to protect the information. However, building access could be also controlled without the inclusion of Privacy Act information on the chip. This could be accomplished by assigning unique alpha, numeric, or alpha-numeric codes to individuals.

ANSWER: No response required. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

CA.8, Tax Exempt Status for the Fleet Card Program

Q864: CA.8: National Guard requires tax exemption at point of sales rather than requiring reimbursements. Request tax exempt status as a contract clause.

ANSWER: FET will be identified, but not deducted at the point-of-sale (because of legal and authority issues).  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

CA.9, Program and Transaction Data for the Fleet Card Program

Q865: CA.9.1.1(c): Delete "tail number."

ANSWER: The scope of work has been revised to indicate that all civilian agencies are non-mandatory users of aviation and DoD is excluded from using the GSA fleet card for aviation purposes. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

CB.2, Definitions

Q866: CB.2: Recommended to keep all definitions in C2. Define "prefunded card."

ANSWER: The definitions in each specific business line are in addition to the definitions in C.2. Pre-funded card will be defined in the final solicitation. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.5, Card Design and Embossing for the Travel Card Program

Q867: We are opposed to the language in this section, which suggests that only mandatory users of the travel card program will receive cards with the City Pair Program identifier. We recommend that GSA include in this section a statement which requires airlines to accept as payment cards of non-mandatory users of the travel card program as long as travelers provide sufficient documentation supporting that they are on official government travel.

ANSWER: The paragraph states that non-authorized users of the City Pair Program has to have a separate card design. If an agency is non-mandatory on the City Pair Program, the airlines are not required to provide access to City Pair rates. GSA will not require airlines to extend City Pair access to non-mandatory users of the City Pair Program. Eligibility of non-mandatory users of the Travel Card Program to access the City Pair Program are identified in the addendum to 52.212-4, paragraph 24. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.7, Training Requirements for the Travel Card Program

Q868: CB.7: Add training video/compact disc as new paragraph CB 7.4.

ANSWER: Other training mediums and agency-specific training materials are included in the Customized Services clause (reference C.40). 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.10, Travel Card Program and Transaction Data for Centrally Billed Accounts

Q869: Make Hotel Fire & Safety Act reporting a value added report. DoD plans to collect this data as a byproduct of the Commercial Travel Organization Controls.

ANSWER: The final solicitation revises the reporting requirement.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q870: Add CB-10.2 (e), reference field for accounting data (64 characters).

ANSWER: Master accounting data is included in the master file set-up. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.11, Travel Card Program Centrally Billed Accounts

Q871: CB.11.3, Add third paragraph invoice billing cycle (CAB): If the Contractor encounters difficulty in producing a proper bill on time, resulting in invoice submission outside the normal time frame, the Contractor shall adjust the timing of the subsequent bills for that account, so that the paying office is not required to pay multiple bills on a single account simultaneously. Invoice timing adjustments will be on a temporary basis to allow the billing cycle to return to its normal processing schedule. Subsequent invoices will not be sent before the number of days equal to half the normal cycle time for that account.

ANSWER: No change will be made. Prompt Payment Act governs payment due

dates.

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q872: We recommend that, in addition to common carrier transportation, GSA clearly authorize use of the travel card program centrally billed cards for lodging beyond mass movements and special functions, and for car rentals. This will increase the Government's opportunity to realize the benefits of tax exemption associated with use of a centrally billed account.

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.12, Travelers Checks

Q873: CB.12: In order to relieve the administrative burden from the APCs, we require a travelers check that functions like "ATM in Your Pocket." A denominated bank check would equate to such a product.

ANSWER: This should be included in the agency's task order. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.13, Travel Card Program Reporting Requirements

Q874: CB.13.4: Write-off should carry over to all reports. Define as 365 days.

ANSWER: No change will be made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q875: CB.13.6: FSA report should be optional.

ANSWER: See answer to Q869. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.15, Travel Card Program Individually Billed Accounts

Q876: CB-15.1.1, The contractor should tailor a separate card holder agreement for organizations that use credit checks.

ANSWER: This should be included in the agency's task order. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q877: CB.15.1.3 (d) Clarify time period.

ANSWER: The expiration date will be addressed at the task order level. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q878: CB.15.1.8 Split disbursement - needs review and/or improvement.

ANSWER: See answer to Q599. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.16, Individually Billed Travel Card Accounts and Credit Bureaus

Q879: CB.16, Definitions of "prefunded card, "debit card," and "stored value card" are too similar. Need to make distinction between uses.

ANSWER: All products are alternative payment mechanisms that may meet an agency's need. To define their uses at the master contract level would be restrictive on all agencies. No change will be made. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.17, Individually Billed Travel Card Accounts and Delinquency Control

Q880: Should address partial payment reflection on all reports.

ANSWER: This is reflected in the invoice status reports.  

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.19, Individually Billed Travel Card Account Cancellation Procedures

Q881: CB.19, The second sentence implies that the contractor can cancel an account. A government official must approve of cancellation.

ANSWER: See answer to Q355. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q882: Error in #3: "Use of the card for other than authorized purchases and suspension...", do you mean cancellation?

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q883: What constitutes notification? Not clear.

ANSWER: Notification is a letter or documented phone call. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.21, Late Fees on Individually Billed Travel Card Accounts

Q884: Need agency's discretion up front. Obtain standard commercial practice limits. Conflicts with executive summary.

ANSWER: If an agency wants to increase the value of its portfolio by allowing standard commercial late fees earlier than stated in the master contract, the agency is responsible for negotiating any appropriate change to the agency's union agreements. The late fee section will be clarified in the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q885: We recommend that statements be added to clarify (1) the time from when the late fees are to be calculated, e.g., from the closing date on the statement of account, from 120 days past due, or from some other date, and (2) to which past due charges the late fees will apply, e.g., only those for which payment is 120 days past due, all charges which are past due, or some other arrangement. As currently written it is unclear from when late fees will be calculated or to which past due charges they will apply. It appears that the intent of the statement is to allow the contractor to charge a standard commercial late fee on undisputed charges made on individually billed accounts (1) for which payment is 120 days past due, and (2) have been canceled. For example, the statement could be written as follows: 

"The Contractor may charge the standard commercial late fee on the undisputed charges made on individually billed accounts that are 120 calendar days past the closing date on the statement of account in which the charges appeared, and have been canceled in accordance with CB.19, Individually Billed Travel Card Account Cancellation Procedures. The late fee may be calculated from the closing date on the statement of account, and apply to all charges which are past due." 

We also recommend that GSA include a statement allowing agency heads the option of negotiating different methods for compensating Contractors for late fees. For example, rather than having Contractors impose late fees on individual cardholders, have them consolidate total late fees owed and negotiate with agencies how they will be compensated. Agencies could negotiate to pay individual cardholders' first two or three late fees directly to the Contractor with individual cardholders liable for subsequent late fees. Conversely, Contractors could withhold late fees from agencies' rebates. Rebates could be structured according to the late fees compensation agreement negotiated between the Contractor and the agency.

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified to indicate the time when the late fees are to be calculated will be from 120 calendar days past the closing date on the statement of account in which the charges appeared and account cancellation. The late fee will apply to only those undisputed charges for which payment is 120 calendar days past the closing date on the statement of account in which the charges appeared.  

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.22, Reinstatement Fees on Canceled Individually Billed Travel Card Accounts:

Q886: CB.22, we oppose reinstatement fees and believes that credit checks and prefunded cards are the best strategy.

ANSWER: If the agency chooses to include credit checks and pre-funded cards, it would include those in its task order and would not include reinstatement fees. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q887: We recommend that this statement be changed to read 

"The Contractor may not charge a reinstatement fee on individually billed travel card accounts without the Government's approval." 

Further, we recommend the statement be expanded to indicate that, if the Government approves the imposition of reinstatement fees, agency heads will have the option of negotiating different methods for compensating Contractors for reinstatement fees. For example, agencies could take the position that it is the responsibility of the cardholders whose cards were canceled to pay the reinstatement fees. Conversely, rather than having Contractors impose reinstatement fees on individual cardholders, have them negotiate with agencies how they will be compensated. Agencies could negotiate to pay individual cardholders' reinstatement fees directly to the Contractor. Conversely, Contractors could withhold late fees from agencies' rebates. Rebates could be structured according to the reinstatement fees compensation agreement negotiated between the Contractor and the agency. 

ANSWER: An agency can negotiate a reinstatement fee at the task order level. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

CB.23, Per Card Annual Fees or Pre-Funded Cards for Individually Billed Travel Card Accounts:

Q888: CB.23, Add the requirement for vendor to offer prefunded card as a core requirement.

ANSWER: This is a core requirement. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q889: We are opposed to GSA allowing risk mitigation measures which will benefit the Contractor but which will be paid for by the Government, i.e., the Government will pay the annual card fee and/or pre-fund the account. However, we would support initiatives in which the employee with poor payment performance would be responsible for paying for the risk mitigation measures, e.g., pay the annual card fee.

ANSWER: This section will be revised in the final solicitation based on industry comments received. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

CC.2, Definitions:

Q890: Simplify acquisition - add "or as may be subsequently modified in the FAR," or "currently at $______.".

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q891: Define "approving official"(purchase card community).

ANSWER: The role of the approving official is no longer a part of the master contract. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *

CC.6, Training Requirements for the Purchase Card Program

Q892: Add a subparagraph for video/CD (CC-6.3).

ANSWER: See answer to Q854. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *

CC.8, Authorization Controls for the Purchase Card Program

Q893: Should be consistent with Fleet, Travel Card, and allow A/OPC to set limits. Note: Check CA and CB wording. Change 7 digit to 10 digit.

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be similarly revised based on industry comments. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q894: We do not agree that use of the card should be restricted from use for travel or travel related purposes, and recommend that this restriction be removed. We believe that allowing the purchase card to be used for travel and travel related purposes, in addition to small purchases, will increase the Government's opportunity to realize the benefits of tax exemption associated with use of the small purchase card. 

ANSWER: The restriction will remain. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *

CC.10, Purchase Card Program Accounts

Q895: CC.10.1 (g) Delete "collect calls."

ANSWER: See answer to Q825. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q896: Add (l) contract number, up to 17 digits (because of up to 4 digit order number).

ANSWER: No change will be made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q897: Add "designated approving official identifier."

ANSWER: No change will be made. See answer to Q148. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q898: Look at reconciliation procedures.

ANSWER: Please clarify the comment. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *

CC.11, Bank Checks

Q899: CC.11.2, Add to title "Bank Check." Delete "collect telephone."

ANSWER: The title will be similarly revised. See answer to Q825. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *

CC.12, Purchase Card Program Reporting Requirements

Q900: CC.12.3, Rewrite as follows: "Summary Quarterly Purchase Report: This report provides a summary of purchases under the micro-purchase level as described in FAR 2.5 and over this amount. It includes number of transactions, the dollar volume and comparative percentages for the current reporting period and fiscal year activity."

ANSWER: The section will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

52.212-4, Contract Terms and Conditions--Commercial Items

Q901: Subparagraph (i), Payment, should include a provision for goods and services to be shipped or received prior to invoicing; it would require the OMB to amend circular A-125. 

ANSWER: No change will be made. This requirement is already included in the general industry operating regulations. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q902: Several FAR Sections are misnumbered in several Addenda. Reads "552" instead of "52". 

ANSWER: "552" clauses are GSAR clauses. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q903: (j) Incomplete. 

ANSWER: Risk of loss will be revised in the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q904: (l) Termination for the Government's convenience - The contractor should be required to continue service for the same timeframe as required for Transition in C.41. 

ANSWER: No change will be made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q905: Addendum #4 (c): Why two years?  

ANSWER: This will be deleted in the final solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q906: Addendum #18: We recommend that this section include language explaining the role of agencies' refunds in providing the IFF to GSA. The language should include an explanation as to how agencies will be assessed the fee if they do not receive a refund, or their refund amount is insufficient. As currently worded the section states "The Contractor shall ensure that the financial refund offered to each agency/organization level fully covers GSA's IFF, for each business line offered." However, since the financial refund is a function of net charge volume, and the Contractor cannot predict each entity's net charge volume, we do not believe it is reasonable to expect the Contractor to ensure the financial refund fully covers GSA's IFF. Consequently, we recommend that this section include language which explains how agencies will be assessed the fee if they do not receive a refund, or their refund amount is insufficient. Also, this section requires that the Contractor withhold four basis points of the agency or organization level's financial refund. We recommend that a definition of basis point be included in the definitions section. 

ANSWER: The solicitation requires that the financial refund offered to each agency/organization level fully covers GSA's IFF. Basis point is defined in the continuation of SF 1449. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q907: Addendum #21: (b) should be maximum "task" order, not "transaction". Do not include maximum dollars for task order. Recommended wording: "(b) Maximum Order. The maximum value will be negotiated individually for each task order."

ANSWER: This section will be similarly revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =

Q908: Addendum #24: Why are uniformed personnel and others from DoD listed in nonmandatory user category (b) (1)?

ANSWER: The travel scope of contract must mirror the scope of contract for the City Pair Program.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =

Q909: Addendum #25: Numbered incorrectly.

ANSWER: This section will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =

Q910: Addendum #26: Add provision for termination of convenience of task order.

ANSWER: This is already included. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =

Q911: Addendum #27: Why is this section here, and not with paragraph C-6?

ANSWER: These will be combined in the solicitation. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =

Q912: Addendum #29: In second paragraph, "ore" should be "or".

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =

Q913: Addendum #32: Who handles general questions? Who is overall POC?

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =

Q914: Addendum #33: In second paragraph, "award(ed)" should read "award."

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q915: Addendum #34, This section is confusing. It is a mixture of task order and program coordinator duties which should be separated and clearly delineated.

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q916: Addendum #34, we recommend combining Addenda paragraphs 34 through 37 into one paragraph that lists the roles and responsibilities of the Task Ordering agencies.

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified, but the separate sections will remain. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q917: Addendum #38, This paragraph needs to be clarified as evidenced by the presolicitation conference.

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q918: Addendum #38.5, Delete integrated solution. If an integrated solution is offered, it should be a combination of the minimum values of the business lines being combined.

ANSWER: No change will be made. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q919: Addendum #38.21, Clarify difference between "standard" vs. "tailored." Include example of standard task order with negotiated prices. In Example 3, why is it necessary to go to tailored task order?

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q920: Addendum #45, Contract Performance Standards: The last sentence of the last paragraph requires clarification. Can we use this information on the contract? Specify options.

ANSWER: Agencies may use this information for future award decisions.  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q921: Addendum #46, we strongly endorse the performance evaluation in this section; however, we believe that a semi-annual report would provide adequate data for measuring contractor performance. Also, this is inconsistent with current government practice; in particular, Part 42 of FAR only requires an annual report.  

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be revised, although quarterly evaluations will remain in order to gain a more complete, accurate performance indicator. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q922: Addendum #47, Likewise, the GSA Master Contract Evaluation would be semi-annual, and we request that the report be weighted according to Task Ordering percentage of total volume. 

ANSWER: No change will be made. GSA will use a random sampling method and statistical sampling. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q923: Addendum #49, in # 2, "sued" should be "used." 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

52.212-1, Instructions to Offerors-Commercial Items

Q924: Instructions to Offerors, There are two paragraphs numbered 10. 

ANSWER: The final solicitation will revised. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q925: Please clarify how the minimum task order size requirements will be applied to agencies who decide to let each component determine which contractor best meets its needs, and to allow each component to place their own standard or tailored task orders.

ANSWER: Each component would be required to meet the minimum task order size if the component required a tailored program. If each component intends to issue a standard task order (not a tailored program), there is no minimum task order size. 

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Q926: INTEGRATED SOLUTION: When GSA specifies that "the contractor must integrate the reporting function for the fleet, travel and purchase card programs," does this mean that all bills for these functions will be consolidated into one? If this is the case, we believe that these bills would be almost impossible to reconcile.

ANSWER: The final solicitation will be clarified regarding both front-end and back-end integration.  

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Q927: INDUSTRIAL FUNDING FEE (IFF): What is the proposed collection mechanism. GSA has stated that the fees will be deducted from agency rebates. What happens if the fees are larger than the rebates received and are these the rebates received from the bank? What vehicle would be used to reimburse GSA for these fees?

ANSWER: The industrial funding fee is based on agency net charge volume. Contractors will withhold a portion of the agency's refund and remit it to GSA for its industrial funding fee. See answer to Q906.  

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Q928: FINANCIAL CONSIDERATION TO AGENCIES: If all rebates are credited to a "basis point account" and an item ordered exceeds the amount in this account, which funds are used to pay for this item? Would this type of account be mandatory or could agencies continue to credit rebates to each corresponding component?

ANSWER: The basis point account was eliminated in the draft solicitation.  

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Q929: FINANCIAL REPORTING: Will offerors be required to collect Taxpayer Identification Numbers from vendors that receive payments? Will offerors be required to prepare IRS Form 1099, Miscellaneous Income according to existing regulations?

ANSWER: The solicitation provides for TIN numbers where available. Reference C.34.6.1. Preparation of 1099 forms are included under C.40, Customized Services.  

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Q930: Will travelers continue to be responsible for timely payment of their bills under the Travel Card?

ANSWER: For individually billed accounts, yes.  

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Q931: Can "Company A" (Subcontractor of "Company B") and "Company B" bid the "same" line of business (e.g. Fleet) and both be awarded a Master Contract for the "same line of business"? We have had many successful relationships with "Cobrand Partners" who assist in the support/solicitation of fleets of our program their "corporate name" (hence "Cobranding"). We would like the opportunity to offer the most flexibility to the GSA Fleet Customer by keeping it simple for them (e.g. if the Agency has a relationship with their T&E/Purchasing Card provider and would feel more comfortable with this relationship, and wants to purchase its fleet card via this current relationship, we would like to support this). We want to build an "Integrated Solution" for the GSA. When we build this solution, we will be able to integrate much easier if an Agency utilizes the Partner's "Fleet Business Line Master Contract".....because when/if the Agency wants to integrate they will not have to "swap-out" their fleet cards. They will be able to integrate front-end and back-end processes very easily. However, some fleets (Agencies) may opt to purchase the Fleet Card directly from us - in this case we may like to have the opportunity to be a Master Contract Holder.

ANSWER: Offerors can offer on the same business line. However, the question appears to really ask can offerors offer on identical products or services. The Government generally does not award contracts for identical products or services. For example, if the purchase card contractor (Company B) offered Company A's fleet card on the non-integrated fleet card business line, they would need to demonstrate the ability to perform the business line in accordance with solicitation requirements and demonstrate what value they add. If they demonstrate that they add value (and meet all the other requirements), they could receive an award. However, if they do not add value, it may not be in the Government's best interest to make an identical award.  

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Q932: Section B.5 - Definitions: Under the definition of Net Charge Volume, it indicates that the definition excludes credits and adjustments. The way it reads, it sounds as if a refund must be paid on a transaction, even if it is returned for a credit. So if an agency had $10,000,000 in charges, and $1,000,000 in credits, it would receive a refund on the entire $10,000,000. We are unsure it this is GSA's actual intent, or whether the definition needs to be re-worded. When a transaction is returned for a credit, the card issuer also returns the revenue earned from that transaction. It's as if the transaction never existed (technically, credits cost card issuers money, as they carry the transaction on their books for some period of time, creating a cost of funds expense, but that's just the cost of doing business). If a credit is issued, there is nothing to refund to the Government. In the commercial sector, the term net includes credits for refund purposes. 

Adjustments are less cut and dry. Refund eligibility depends on the nature of the adjustment. If it's an adjustment for a mis-posted payment, then the adjustment is not factored into the refund calculation, but if it's for a mis-posted charge, then it is.  

One suggestion might be to change the term from "Net Charge Volume" to the term we use in the commercial sector, "Rebate Eligible Charge Volume'". The definition would be "all revenue producing transactions / volumes in both core and value-added products and services for which the contractor has agreed to pay a refund". This could then be defined by the contractor in the bid. Additionally, some revenue producing transactions may not be eligible for refunds (i.e., it would not make sense to receive a rebate on inter-agency transactions because the amount of the rebate would simply be added to the transaction cost by the contractor), and this new term takes care of this issue.

ANSWER: GSA will evaluate the suggestion.  

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Q933: B.6.1.1 Calculation of Sales Refunds: We appreciate the exclusion of suspended and canceled accounts from the sales refunds, but we would like to point out a couple of differences between the calculation, as defined, and commercial practices. First, suspended and canceled accounts are not normally excluded from refunds. Perhaps they should be, but it's not done in the commercial market, so the Government is short-changing itself. Additionally, suspension is more temporary than cancellation, so it will actually be quite difficult to track, exclude, and later, add back in, these amounts to the refunds. 

Additionally, not paying rebates on suspended and canceled accounts is not the same as netting credit losses against the refund. At some point, credit losses can become so high that an account, in its entirety, becomes unprofitable for the card issuer. If such a point is reached, under the calculations described in the RFP, the card issuer will still have to pay a refund on those accounts that were not suspended or canceled - which does not make financial sense. 

The commercial practice is to pay rebates on suspended and canceled accounts and then deduct credit losses (which occur at 180 days), from the refunds amount. We strongly believe the Government should adopt this practice.

ANSWER: GSA will include this in the final solicitation.  

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Q934: Applications: The comments indicate new applications must be completed for the new contract. Presumably, this also applies to the current incumbents, otherwise, there would be a significant incentive for agencies to stay with their current contractor. As you know, in the commercial sector, accounts move between card issuers all the time. The standard practice is for the out-going card issuer to provide a file to the customer, who in turn provides it to the in-coming card issuer. The file is then used to set-up new accounts. When cardholders receive

their new cards, the cards include the new terms and conditions, and cardholders are advised to read the terms and conditions very carefully, as usage of the new card constitutes acceptance of the new terms and conditions. This is a widely accepted commercial practice, and we believe it will significantly reduce the administrative effort for agencies.

ANSWER: The final solicitation will include this.  

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

Q935: C.2, Definitions: By GSA's definition, a mandatory user is prohibited from obtaining services similar to those procured under the GSA contract from other sources. Does this include value-added products and services?

ANSWER: No. Mandatory users are only committing to the core services listed the business line or component of the business line. The final solicitation will be revised to make this more clear. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q936: GSA has written the RFP to give a preference to mandatory users. A contractor should be just as responsive to any government agency that wants to do business. Uniform services should be provided to all agencies.

ANSWER: No change will be made. Mandatory users will receive first priority. Contractors will provide stated levels of service in accordance with solicitation requirements. Outside of the initial start-up implementation timeframes and personnel requirements, if a contractor accepts an order from a non-mandatory user, it will provide uniform levels of service. 

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

Q937: The argument for declaring mandatory users before the contract is signed is intended to give the contractor a better idea of anticipated volume. However, this point is not valid, since there will be an unknown number of card issuers and no contractor is guaranteed a specific amount of business. All references to mandatory/non-mandatory users should be eliminated.

ANSWER: No change will be made. The contract does provide for a guaranteed minimum (reference B.4, Guaranteed Minimum).  

= - = - = - = - = - = - = - = - =  

* - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *  

SIZE=5>

END OF COMMENTS

 

[ About FAS | Last Modified (12/26/00) ]